The Cyber Toolchain — issue 078, September 18, 2026
THE CYBER TOOLCHAIN
NO. 078
Tail
THE DAILY RELEASE FIREHOSE
PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER 18, 2026 · EVERY DAY
EDITIONStail|grep|head|ls|diff|uniq
The daily firehose — everything the toolchain shipped today, already filtered.
We read every release from the 1309 tools on our watchlist at the source — GitHub and GitLab release notes, vendor release pages and changelogs, project blogs and feeds, vendor press releases, and the source code behind the tag. Bug-fix-only releases and non-product newsroom noise are dropped; what's left is summarized down to the new capability, how to try it, and any screenshots or videos the release itself published. Every entry links to the sources it was built from.
READ AS
Focus:What features shipped and what problems they solve, plus launches, packaging and where the market is moving.
Leaves out:Command-line flags, API-only deltas, usage examples, and releases that are only refinements.
Focus:New security controls, new APIs, and product improvements you can put to work, plus anything an upgrade breaks.
Leaves out:Launch and marketing news, governance, pricing, and documentation changes with no operational effect.
Focus:Dashboards, reporting, and anything you can quantify: metrics, coverage, risk scores, compliance impact, vendor moves.
Leaves out:Settings, flags, API and command-line detail, library bumps, and minor releases with no reporting or posture angle.
Focus:API, SDK and MCP changes, new libraries, breaking changes in what you import, and cyber tooling.
Leaves out:Governance, SOC operations, and vendor launches with no developer surface.
AMOUNT
DETAIL
ORDER
This issue came out before editions were ranked, so it shows the Standard edition in issue order.
What stands out across today's releases, grouped by what it lets you do. Every tool named links to its entry below.
Three unrelated things stand out. GitHub made workflow execution protections GA with default pull_request_target blocking, closing the Actions path that leaks write-scoped tokens to fork PRs. Grype can now surface matches it had quietly suppressed, so you audit the filter instead of trusting it. Aviatrix shipped FIPS 140-3FIPS 140-3A US federal standard, maintained by NIST, that defines requirements for cryptographic modules used in government systems. Cyber tools target it to satisfy procurement mandates requiring validated crypto. validated IPsecIPsecA suite of IETF protocols that authenticate and encrypt IP packets at the network layer, giving cyber tools a standards-based way to build VPNs or secure host-to-host tunnels without modifying applications. and L7 East-West inspection in one controller release.
protect
Stop a fork pull request from running with your repo's write token
GitHub's workflow execution protections went GA with an API to set policy centrally and pull_request_target blocked by default — the trigger that runs untrusted fork code in a privileged context, and the root of most Actions supply-chain compromises. Arcjet's label validation is the same instinct one layer up: confirm a remote policy actually applied, rather than discovering weeks later it was failing open.
See the vulnerabilities your scanner decided not to tell you about
Grype will now emit matches its own matchers dropped — distro-fixed records, known false positives — so you can check whether the suppression logic is hiding something that matters in your build rather than taking the clean report at face value. sslscan's new flag enumerates key exchange groups across every supported TLS version instead of only the negotiated one, which is how you find a weak group still offered on a fallback path.
Keep the CMDB honest without a quarterly reconciliation project
Axonius 9.0.7 adds a CMDBCMDBA Configuration Management Database: a repository that stores records of IT assets and the relationships between them, giving cyber tools a single authoritative source for infrastructure context. Reconciliation workspace that produces an audit trail for the sync, turning the usual spreadsheet diff between discovered assets and the system of record into a repeatable job. runZero's Autonomous Discovery expands scan scope as it finds new networks, so the subnet nobody documented gets scanned without someone widening a target list by hand.
Hacktron rebuilt its findings table and detail view, extended fix-PR automation to Azure DevOps, added self-managed GitLab and GitHub Enterprise Server connections for appliances, and introduced appliance license controls including a max_scans cap and expiry warnings, alongside a string of findings-metadata and settings improvements.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Hacktron is an AI-powered security code-review platform. Our AI agents review your repositories for exploitable vulnerabilities and surface them as pull-request comments and dashboard findings.
Hacktron rebuilt its findings table and detail view, extended fix-PR automation to Azure DevOps, added self-managed GitLab and GitHub Enterprise Server connections for appliances, and introduced appliance license controls including a max_scans cap and expiry warnings, alongside a string of findings-metadata and settings improvements.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
17 FEATURES1 OF 17 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0101
max_scans entitlement field on appliance licensesnew90how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability30/3090 / 100
Adds a max_scans entitlement field to appliance licenses, capping the total number of full scans that may start over the life of the license; the cap is checked at scan start, including restarts.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ Set via max_scans: 500 in the license configuration.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Cap the total scans an appliance license permits so a max_scans quota is enforced from the first scan attempt.
exclude.authors bot PR trust rule for GitHubimproved88how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity28/30actionability30/3088 / 100
Adds exclude.authors trust-rule support for bot pull requests on GitHub, so bot accounts like renovate[bot] are now reviewed alongside GitLab and Bitbucket, where this was already supported. Configured via the exclude.authors list in .hacktron/config.yaml.
Prevent a specific bot account from receiving AI fix PRs by adding it to the author exclusion list in your Hacktron config.
Pin GitLab Whitebox Scan to tag or commitnew75how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity20/30actionability30/3075 / 100
Pins a GitLab Whitebox Scan to a specific tag or commit SHA instead of the tip of a branch, entered in the Tag or commit field when starting a new scan.
Target a specific release tag for a GitLab Whitebox Scan instead of scanning the current branch tip — useful for auditing a pinned release candidate.
📍In the Hacktron web app, go to Whitebox Scans › New Scan, select your GitLab repository, then enter the tag name (e.g. v2.4.1) or commit SHA in the Tag or commit field before starting the scan.
Rebuilt findings table and detail drawerimproved75how completely this was documenteddepth35/40specificity25/30actionability15/3075 / 100
Rebuilds the findings table and detail drawer with a unified header tray offering Severity, Status, Remediate, Copy markdown, and Mark as duplicate actions, plus previous/next navigation and a full-page collapse control.
License detail and expiry warnings for appliancesnew75how completely this was documenteddepth35/40specificity25/30actionability15/3075 / 100
Adds license detail and expiry warnings to organization settings on appliances — showing licensee, expiry date, days remaining, seat count, and covered products — with a 30-day-out banner and scan blocking after the grace deadline.
OWASP Top 10:2025 and CWE metadata on findingsnew65how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability15/3065 / 100
Findings gain an OWASP Top 10:2025OWASP Top 10:2025A ranked list of the ten most critical web application risk categories, maintained by the Open Worldwide Application Security Project, used by cyber tools to prioritize detection, testing, and remediation coverage. category, settable from the overflow menu and visible/filterable in the findings table and drawer, plus a CWECWECommon Weakness Enumeration, a catalog of recurring software and hardware weakness types. It describes classes of mistakes, such as injection, rather than individual vulnerability instances. identifier and plain-language fix recommendation shown in the detail view where the scan engine supplies them.
Download scan context documents from triage headernew60how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity20/30actionability15/3060 / 100
Adds a download button in the triage header to pull a scan's context documents — threat model, architecture notes, and uploaded files — without leaving the findings view.
Personal settings consolidationimproved60how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity25/30actionability15/3060 / 100
Consolidates Account and Settings into a single Personal settings page with sections for Profile, Security, Connected accounts, Preferences, Sessions, and Organizations.
Self-managed GitLab connection to appliancesnew55how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity20/30actionability10/3055 / 100
Connects self-managed GitLab instances to appliances for merge-request scanning, enabling the Reviews link, PR Review dashboard tabs, and source control settings.
GitHub Enterprise Server connection via GitHub Appnew55how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity20/30actionability10/3055 / 100
Connects GitHub Enterprise Server to appliances via a GitHub App installation instead of a personal access tokenpersonal access tokenA personal access token, a credential used by scripts and integrations instead of a user's password. Its permissions and expiry depend on the service issuing it..
Azure DevOps remediation supportnew50how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity20/30actionability10/3050 / 100
Supports Azure DevOps repositories for remediation automations — fix pull requests can now be opened and tracked on Azure DevOps alongside GitHub and GitLab.
Cap the total scans an appliance license permits so a max_scans quota is enforced from the first scan attempt.
yaml
max_scans: 500
Target a specific release tag for a GitLab Whitebox Scan instead of scanning the current branch tip — useful for auditing a pinned release candidate.
📍In the Hacktron web app, go to Whitebox Scans › New Scan, select your GitLab repository, then enter the tag name (e.g. v2.4.1) or commit SHA in the Tag or commit field before starting the scan.
Adds exclude.authors trust-rule support for bot pull requests on GitHub, so Dependabot, Renovate, and similar bots are now reviewed alongside GitLab and Bitbucket.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds max_scans entitlement field to appliance licenses, capping the total number of full scans that may start over the life of the license, checked at scan start including restarts.
Supports Azure DevOps repositories for remediation automations — fix pull requests can now be opened and tracked on Azure DevOps alongside GitHub and GitLab.
Pins a GitLab Whitebox Scan to a specific tag or commit SHA instead of the tip of a branch.
Adds OWASP Top 10:2025OWASP Top 10:2025A ranked list of the ten most critical web application risk categories, maintained by the Open Worldwide Application Security Project, used by cyber tools to prioritize detection, testing, and remediation coverage. category to findings — settable from the overflow menu, visible in the findings table and drawer, and filterable.
+13 moreshow less
Adds CWECWECommon Weakness Enumeration, a catalog of recurring software and hardware weakness types. It describes classes of mistakes, such as injection, rather than individual vulnerability instances. identifier and plain-language fix recommendation to findings in the detail view, where the scan engine supplies them.
Adds a download button in the triage header to pull a scan's context documents — threat model, architecture notes, and uploaded files — without leaving the findings view.
Shows the engine-reported failure reason on the scan detail page when a scan fails.
Displays severity badges on findings in global search results.
Rebuilds the findings table and detail drawer with a unified header tray for Severity, Status, Remediate, Copy markdown, and Mark as duplicate actions, plus previous/next navigation and a full-page collapse control.
Scopes the Application filter on the PR Review dashboard to every widget, including the security score card and the low-score banner.
Consolidates Account and Settings into a single Personal settings page with sections for Profile, Security, Connected accounts, Preferences, Sessions, and Organizations.
Allows any organization member to create, rotate, and revoke their own API keys from personal settings without owner or admin involvement.
Adds license detail and expiry warnings to organization settings on appliances — showing licensee, expiry date, days remaining, seat count, and covered products — with a 30-day-out banner and scan blocking after the grace deadline.
Connects self-managed GitLab instances to appliances for merge-request scanning, enabling the Reviews link, PR Review dashboard tabs, and source control settings.
Connects GitHub Enterprise Server to appliances via a GitHub App installation instead of a personal access tokenpersonal access tokenA personal access token, a credential used by scripts and integrations instead of a user's password. Its permissions and expiry depend on the service issuing it..
Provides a dedicated appliance onboarding flow — Welcome, Connect your code, You're all set — pre-filled for the configured Git host.
Expands pentest PDF exports with more per-finding detail, display-order finding numbers, and syntax-highlighted code blocks.
Adds exclude.authors trust-rule support for bot pull requests on GitHub, so Dependabot, Renovate, and similar bots are now reviewed alongside GitLab and Bitbucket.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds max_scans entitlement field to appliance licenses, capping the total number of full scans that may start over the life of the license, checked at scan start including restarts.
Supports Azure DevOps repositories for remediation automations — fix pull requests can now be opened and tracked on Azure DevOps alongside GitHub and GitLab.
Adds OWASP Top 10:2025OWASP Top 10:2025A ranked list of the ten most critical web application risk categories, maintained by the Open Worldwide Application Security Project, used by cyber tools to prioritize detection, testing, and remediation coverage. category to findings — settable from the overflow menu, visible in the findings table and drawer, and filterable.
Adds CWECWECommon Weakness Enumeration, a catalog of recurring software and hardware weakness types. It describes classes of mistakes, such as injection, rather than individual vulnerability instances. identifier and plain-language fix recommendation to findings in the detail view, where the scan engine supplies them.
+5 moreshow less
Adds a download button in the triage header to pull a scan's context documents — threat model, architecture notes, and uploaded files — without leaving the findings view.
Adds license detail and expiry warnings to organization settings on appliances — showing licensee, expiry date, days remaining, seat count, and covered products — with a 30-day-out banner and scan blocking after the grace deadline.
Connects self-managed GitLab instances to appliances for merge-request scanning, enabling the Reviews link, PR Review dashboard tabs, and source control settings.
Connects GitHub Enterprise Server to appliances via a GitHub App installation instead of a personal access tokenpersonal access tokenA personal access token, a credential used by scripts and integrations instead of a user's password. Its permissions and expiry depend on the service issuing it..
Provides a dedicated appliance onboarding flow — Welcome, Connect your code, You're all set — pre-filled for the configured Git host.
Proxmark3's Iceman Fork now simulates a full DESFire EV1DESFire EV1A contactless smart card IC from NXP Semiconductors implementing ISO 14443-A, offering AES and 3DES encryption; cyber tools target it for RFID cloning, key extraction, and access-control research. card over USB or RF and gains matching dump/emulator tooling, alongside new MyKey/COGES decoding, a VIGIKVIGIKA French contactless access-control standard, managed by La Poste, used for building-entry badges; cyber tools target it because its weak cryptography makes credential cloning practical. key-recovery script, and a string of key-check and card-format decoding improvements.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Iceman Fork - Proxmark3
Proxmark3's Iceman Fork now simulates a full DESFire EV1DESFire EV1A contactless smart card IC from NXP Semiconductors implementing ISO 14443-A, offering AES and 3DES encryption; cyber tools target it for RFID cloning, key extraction, and access-control research. card over USB or RF and gains matching dump/emulator tooling, alongside new MyKey/COGES decoding, a VIGIKVIGIKA French contactless access-control standard, managed by La Poste, used for building-entry badges; cyber tools target it because its weak cryptography makes credential cloning practical. key-recovery script, and a string of key-check and card-format decoding improvements.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
13 FEATURES1 OF 13 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
DESFire dump, emulator load/save and viewnew95how completely this was documenteddepth35/40specificity30/30actionability30/3095 / 100
hf mfdes eload, hf mfdes esave and hf mfdes eview load, save and view a DESFire card dump in emulator memory; hf mfdes esave --keep preserves applications and files a reader deleted rather than omitting them.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ hf mfdes dump walks the whole PICC and writes a hf-mfdes-<UID>-dump.json image, auto-loading any hf-mfdes-<UID>-keys.json found, and hf mfdes view prints a saved dump file with no device attached.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Dump a full DESFire PICC to a JSON image, auto-loading any previously recovered keys, for offline analysis.
$ hf mfdes dump
View a saved DESFire dump file without needing the device present — useful for reviewing card structure at a desk.
$ hf mfdes view
Save a DESFire emulator image while retaining applications and files a reader deleted during the session.
$ hf mfdes esave --keep
— Names every dump/emulator command and file naming conventionv4.23346
0200
DESFire EV1 card simulationnew93how completely this was documenteddepth38/40specificity30/30actionability25/3093 / 100
hf mfdes sim now answers a wide range of DESFire EV1 commands from a card image in emulator memory: ISOISOA widely adopted international standards body that publishes technical specifications; cyber tools cite ISO standards to signal compliance with recognized benchmarks for quality, security, or interoperability. 7816 SELECT by DF name or file ID, SetConfiguration (disable FormatPICC, switch to random UID, set a user-defined ATS), ReadSignature, GetKeyVersion, ChangeKeySettings (enciphered, master key only), ChangeKey (plain and XORed key frame, reflected in hf mfdes esave output), ChangeFileSettings (plain or enciphered depending on access right), CreateFile/DeleteFile for all five EV1 file flavours, CreateApplication/DeleteApplication, FormatPICC, and GetDFNames/GetISOFileIDs. hf mfdes etest drives the same simulation over USB with no RF, letting testers inject RndB and a random UID.
— Names every DESFire command answered and the RF-less test pathv4.23346
0300
Card-format decoding in hf mf viewimproved80how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability20/3080 / 100
hf mf view now shows which VIGIK fields are RSARSAThe oldest widely used public-key algorithm, for both encryption and signatures, with security resting on factoring large numbers. A large quantum computer would break it. signed, decodes Urmet Captiv card number fields and data regions, and decodes Hexact sector 9 and 11 payload cross-checked against sectors 0 and 15 and the UID; hf mf view --selftest also checks the Hexact payload decoder in both directions.
— Names each card format and the cross-check mechanismv4.23346
0400
Unified hf mfu chk key-check commandimproved70how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability20/3070 / 100
hf mfu cchk and hf mfu aeschk are merged into a single hf mfu chk command that auto-detects UL-C vs UL-AES.
— Names old and new commands and the detection behaviourv4.23346
0500
MyKey/COGES key decoding for SRIX4Knew65how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity25/30actionability20/3065 / 100
hf 14b view now decodes MyKey / COGES keys stored on SRIX4K tags, and hf 14b view --selftest runs the MyKey parser's self-tests.
— Names the decode target and selftest flag but no format detailv4.23346
0600
Broader key checking in hf mfdes chkimproved65how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity20/30actionability20/3065 / 100
hf mfdes chk now checks every key number an application declares, not only those named in a file's access rights, and can run with no arguments, falling back to the bundled dictionary the way hf mfdes detect does.
— Describes scope change and new no-argument fallback behaviourv4.23346
thinner coverage below
0700
Faster USB transfer via word-aligned NG framingimproved55how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability5/3055 / 100
NG reply framing now aligns the payload to a word boundary, increasing USB transfer speed from 630 to 789 kB/s on RDV4.
— Gives exact before/after throughput numbers and mechanismv4.23346
0800
VIGIK public key recovery scriptnew50how completely this was documenteddepth15/40specificity20/30actionability15/3050 / 100
Adds vigik_recover_pk.py, a Python script to recover public keys from RSA signatures.
— Names the script but not its inputs or usagev4.23346
0900
Named DESFire card-damage status codesimproved50how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity20/30actionability10/3050 / 100
Adds named DESFire status codes for the five codes that indicate a card damaged or disabled itself, replacing the previously undifferentiated raw -20 value.
— Explains the change but not the five specific code namesv4.23346
1001
hf 14b valid command removedbreaking45how completely this was documenteddepth10/40specificity20/30actionability15/3045 / 100
hf 14b valid has been removed, replaced by the new MyKey parser in hf 14b view.
— States removal and replacement but no migration stepsv4.23346
1100
Persistent pm3 history writesimproved45how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity15/30actionability10/3045 / 100
pm3 history now writes after every command, so history survives a kill rather than being saved only on a clean exit.
— Explains behaviour change but names no config surfacev4.23346
1200
Emulator memory size doubledimproved45how completely this was documenteddepth15/40specificity25/30actionability5/3045 / 100
Emulator memory size is raised from 4096 to 8192 bytes.
— Gives exact before/after numbers but no usage detailv4.23346
1300
Emulator memory reporting in hw statusimproved35how completely this was documenteddepth10/40specificity15/30actionability10/3035 / 100
hw status now reports EMULATOR memory.
— One-line addition with no further detailv4.23346
Proxmark3 v4.23346 adds full DESFire EV1DESFire EV1A contactless smart card IC from NXP Semiconductors implementing ISO 14443-A, offering AES and 3DES encryption; cyber tools target it for RFID cloning, key extraction, and access-control research. simulation, new dump/view/test commands, and unified UL key-check.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v4.23346 https://github.com/RfidResearchGroup/proxmark3.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:$ git checkout v4.23346
└──▷ TRY IT
Dump a full DESFire PICC to a JSON image, auto-loading any previously recovered keys, for offline analysis.
$ hf mfdes dump
View a saved DESFire dump file without needing the device present — useful for reviewing card structure at a desk.
$ hf mfdes view
Save a DESFire emulator image while retaining applications and files a reader deleted during the session.
$ hf mfdes esave --keep
Adds hf mfdes etest — drives the DESFire simulation over USB without RF, with injectable RndB and random UID.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds hf mfdes sim — DESFire EV1 simulation now answers authentication, secure messaging, file reads, writes, and transactions from the card image in emulator memory.
Adds hf mfdes sim — answers ISOISOA widely adopted international standards body that publishes technical specifications; cyber tools cite ISO standards to signal compliance with recognized benchmarks for quality, security, or interoperability. 7816 SELECT by DF name or file ID with real status words, so a reader that opens with a SELECT reaches the simulated card.
Adds hf mfdes sim — SetConfiguration is answered, so a reader can disable FormatPICC, switch the card to a random UID, or give it a user-defined ATS.
Adds hf mfdes sim — ReadSignature is answered for a card image of a generation that has one, refused the way a genuine EV1 refuses it.
+28 moreshow less
Adds hf mfdes sim — GetKeyVersion is answered, so a reader can read the version of any key without knowing the key itself.
Adds hf mfdes sim — ChangeKeySettings is answered, enciphered and master key only.
Adds hf mfdes sim — ChangeKey is answered (both plain and XORed key frame), so a reader can rekey the simulated card and new keys are reflected in hf mfdes esave output.
Adds hf mfdes sim — ChangeFileSettings is answered, plain when the change access right is free and enciphered under the named key otherwise.
Adds hf mfdes sim — CreateFile (all five EV1 flavours) and DeleteFile are answered, so a reader can lay out an application's file system on the simulated card.
Adds hf mfdes sim — CreateApplication and DeleteApplication are answered, so a reader can add and remove applications on the simulated card.
Adds hf mfdes sim — FormatPICC is answered, releasing every application and file and returning memory, keeping the PICC master key and settings.
Adds hf mfdes sim — answers GetDFNames and GetISOFileIDs, so a reader sees the ISO file IDs and DF names of the simulated card.
Adds hf mfdes eload/esave/eview — load, save, and view a DESFire card dump in emulator memory.
Adds --keep flag to hf mfdes esave — preserves applications and files a reader deleted, which are otherwise omitted so the dump reflects the card as a reader sees it.
Adds hf mfdes dump — walks the whole PICC and saves a hf-mfdes-<UID>-dump.json card image, automatically picking up hf-mfdes-<UID>-keys.json.
Adds hf mfdes view — prints a DESFire card dump file with no device attached.
Adds hf 14b view — MyKey / COGES keys on SRIX4K now decode.
Adds vigik_recover_pk.py — Python script to recover public keys from RSARSAThe oldest widely used public-key algorithm, for both encryption and signatures, with security resting on factoring large numbers. A large quantum computer would break it. signatures.
Adds named DESFire status codes for the five codes that indicate a card damaged or disabled itself, replacing the raw -20 value.
Merges hf mfu cchk and hf mfu aeschk into a single hf mfu chk command that auto-detects UL-C vs UL-AES.
Removes hf 14b valid — replaced by the MyKey parser.
Changes hf mfdes chk to check every key number the application declares, not only those named in a file's access rights.
Changes hf mfdes chk to run with no arguments, falling back to the bundled dictionary the way hf mfdes detect does.
Changes hf mf view to show which VIGIKVIGIKA French contactless access-control standard, managed by La Poste, used for building-entry badges; cyber tools target it because its weak cryptography makes credential cloning practical. fields are RSA signed.
Changes hf mf view to decode Urmet Captiv card number fields and data regions.
Changes hf mf view to decode Hexact sector 9 and 11 payload, cross-checked against sectors 0 and 15 and UID.
Changes hf mf view --selftest to also check the Hexact payload decoder in both directions.
Changes hw status to report EMULATOR memory.
Changes pm3 history to write after every command, so history survives a kill rather than only a clean exit.
Changes emulator memory size — raised from 4096 to 8192 bytes.
Changes NG reply framing so the payload lands word-aligned, increasing USB transfer speed from 630 to 789 kB/s on RDV4.
Adds hf mfdes etest — drives the DESFire simulation over USB without RF, with injectable RndB and random UID.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds hf mfdes sim — DESFire EV1 simulation now answers authentication, secure messaging, file reads, writes, and transactions from the card image in emulator memory.
Adds hf mfdes eload/esave/eview — load, save, and view a DESFire card dump in emulator memory.
Adds hf mfdes dump — walks the whole PICC and saves a hf-mfdes-<UID>-dump.json card image, automatically picking up hf-mfdes-<UID>-keys.json.
Adds hf mfdes view — prints a DESFire card dump file with no device attached.
Adds vigik_recover_pk.py — Python script to recover public keys from RSARSAThe oldest widely used public-key algorithm, for both encryption and signatures, with security resting on factoring large numbers. A large quantum computer would break it. signatures.
Removes hf 14b valid — replaced by the MyKey parser.
Collect a dossier on a person by username from 3000+ sites
Maigret v0.6.6 expands its site coverage with new detection engines and site migrations, and adds batch lookups via --input-file alongside validation improvements to --self-check and --submit.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
6 FEATURES0 OF 6 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
Status-code based check creation in --submit fallbacknew75how completely this was documenteddepth35/40specificity25/30actionability15/3075 / 100
Adds status_code check creation to the --submit fallback: when a claimed profile returns 2xx and the unclaimed probe returns non-2xx, that signal is now preserved.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
— Mechanism and before/after explained, no direct commandv0.6.6
0200
New detection engines for forums, wikis and federated platformsnew70how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability10/3070 / 100
Adds a Vanilla engine, a MediaWiki engine, a MediaWikiJson engine, a DiscourseJson engine, a Lemmy engine, and a shared Mastodon engine using the accounts/lookup urlProbe, expanding structured detection across forum, wiki, and federated platforms. Moves 395 Discourse sites to the DiscourseJson engine and 164 wikis to MediaWikiJson engines for more reliable profile detection.
— All engines and migration counts named, but internal to toolv0.6.6
0300
Batch username lookups via --input-filenew65how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity20/30actionability25/3065 / 100
Adds --input-file flag to read identifiers from a file, one per line, instead of listing them all on the command line.
— Flag and input format named, directly usablev0.6.6
0400
Custom DNS resolver for self-check and submitimproved65how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity25/30actionability20/3065 / 100
Adds --dns-resolver support inside --self-check and --submit so custom resolvers are respected during site validation.
— Names the flags and commands affected, no examplev0.6.6
thinner coverage below
0500
XenForo login-wall detection for Hebrew and Persian boardsimproved55how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity20/30actionability10/3055 / 100
XenForo engine now counts Hebrew and Persian login-wall notices as account presence, reducing false available reports on boards in those languages.
— Behavior change explained, no user-facing surfacev0.6.6
0600
Windows standalone binary on release pagenew45how completely this was documenteddepth10/40specificity15/30actionability20/3045 / 100
Attaches the Windows standalone binary (maigret_standalone.exe) directly to each release page.
— Simple distribution change with clear download targetv0.6.6
Maigret v0.6.6 doubles its site database to 5,200+ and adds --input-file for batch username lookups︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v0.6.6 https://github.com/soxoj/maigret.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:$ git checkout v0.6.6
Adds --input-file flag to read identifiers from a file, one per line, instead of listing them all on the command line.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds --dns-resolver support inside --self-check and --submit so custom resolvers are respected during site validation.
Adds status_code check creation to the --submit fallback: when a claimed profile returns 2xx and the unclaimed probe returns non-2xx, that signal is now preserved.
Adds a shared Mastodon engine using the accounts/lookup urlProbe for Mastodon instance coverage.
Adds a Vanilla engine, a MediaWiki engine, a MediaWikiJson engine, a DiscourseJson engine, and a Lemmy engine, expanding structured detection across forum and wiki platforms.
+3 moreshow less
Moves 395 Discourse sites to the DiscourseJson engine and 164 wikis to MediaWikiJson engines for more reliable profile detection.
Attaches the Windows standalone binary (maigret_standalone.exe) directly to each release page.
XenForo engine now counts Hebrew and Persian login-wall notices as account presence, reducing false available reports on boards in those languages.
Adds --input-file flag to read identifiers from a file, one per line, instead of listing them all on the command line.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds a shared Mastodon engine using the accounts/lookup urlProbe for Mastodon instance coverage.
Adds a Vanilla engine, a MediaWiki engine, a MediaWikiJson engine, a DiscourseJson engine, and a Lemmy engine, expanding structured detection across forum and wiki platforms.
Attaches the Windows standalone binary (maigret_standalone.exe) directly to each release page.
Join the world's most widely adopted, AI-powered developer platform where millions of developers, businesses, and the largest open source community build software that advances humanity.
GitHub shipped GA workflow execution protections for Actions with a new policy API and default pull_request_target blocking, made Ubuntu 26.04 runners generally available ahead of an ubuntu-latest migration, and expanded the Copilot usage metrics API with feature-engagement and agentic CLI customization data.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
4 FEATURES2 OF 4 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0101
Ubuntu 26.04 runner GA and ubuntu-latest migrationbreaking90how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability30/3090 / 100
Adds ubuntu-26.04 and ubuntu-26.04-arm as fully supported runs-on values for GitHub Actions on x64 and arm64.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ The ubuntu-latest label migrates from Ubuntu 24.04 to Ubuntu 26.04, rolling out gradually between October 19 and November 19, 2026; workflows depending on tools or packages changed between the two versions may break automatically during that window unless pinned to ubuntu-24.04 or explicitly set to ubuntu-26.04/ubuntu-26.04-arm.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Explicitly target the new Ubuntu 26.04 ARMARMA family of RISC processor architectures designed by Arm Holdings and licensed to chip makers worldwide; tools target it to run natively on mobile, embedded, and increasingly server and desktop hardware. runner before the ubuntu-latest migration completes, so arm64 CI jobs run on the GA image immediately.
yaml
jobs:
build:
runs-on: ubuntu-26.04-arm
steps:
- uses: actions/checkout@v4
- run: make test
Pin a workflow to ubuntu-24.04 to avoid breakage during the ubuntu-latest migration while you validate your toolchain against Ubuntu 26.04.
yaml
jobs:
build:
runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
steps:
- uses: actions/checkout@v4
- run: make test
Workflow execution protections in Actions reach GAbreaking82how completely this was documenteddepth35/40specificity25/30actionability22/3082 / 100
A new REST APIREST APIA web API design style where clients interact with resources over HTTP using standard methods like GET, POST, and DELETE, giving cyber tools a predictable, language-agnostic way to integrate with external services. lets you create, read, update, and delete actor and event rules — including workflow path conditions — at the enterprise, organization, and repository level for policy-as-code governance. Adds workflow file targeting to scope rules to specific files (e.g. deploy.yml) instead of a whole repo, an Insights view to audit how rules evaluate and enforce (including in evaluate/shadow mode), and evaluate mode itself is now GA for previewing impact before enforcement. A default rule disabling pull_request_target on public repositories with no applicable event policy runs in evaluate mode now and auto-enforces on November 2, 2026; repos that need the trigger must explicitly allow it via Settings > Actions > Policies before then.
If your public repo legitimately depends on pull_request_target, explicitly allow it in an event policy scoped to specific workflow files to opt out of the default blocking rule before November 2, 2026.
📍In the GitHub console, go to your repository › Settings › Actions › Policies, select the default pull_request_target rule, choose Allow for the specific workflow files that require the trigger, and save.
Agentic CLI customization metrics in Copilot usage APInew78how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability18/3078 / 100
Adds totals_by_skill, totals_by_custom_agent, totals_by_mcp, totals_by_slash_cmd, and totals_by_plugin arrays to enterprise and organization Copilot usage metrics API reports, each listing up to five most-active items with an interaction_count. Also adds distinct_skill_use_count, distinct_custom_agent_use_count, distinct_mcp_use_count, distinct_slash_cmd_use_count, and distinct_plugin_use_count fields counting how many different CLI customization items were used; all fields appear in per-user and aggregate 1-day reports, per-user 28-day reports, and day_totals entries in aggregate 28-day reports.
Copilot impact dashboard feature engagement and phase reportingnew73how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity28/30actionability15/3073 / 100
Adds a copilot_feature_engagement object to enterprise and organization 28-day aggregate reports, exposing active-user totals and a totals_by_feature breakdown covering code completion, agent edit, passive Copilot code review, active Copilot code review, Copilot cloud agent, Copilot CLI, and Copilot app. Also adds a users_in_phase_28d field to AI adoption phase reporting, exposing the full rolling 28-day phase population alongside the existing total_engaged_users count, so the impact dashboard can show how many active users engaged with each feature on at least two days in the period.
ubuntu-latest will point to Ubuntu 26.04 (up from 24.04) after the October 19 – November 19, 2026 rollout; workflows that depend on tools, packages, or versions removed or changed between Ubuntu 24.04 and 26.04 may break automatically during this window.
!
On November 2, 2026, GitHub will automatically enforce a default rule disabling pull_request_target on public repositories that had no applicable event policy before general availability — workflows relying on pull_request_target in those repos will be blocked unless explicitly allow-listed via an Actions event policy.
Copilot impact dashboard adds per-feature engagement counts and a new 28-day phase population field to enterprise and org reports.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds copilot_feature_engagement object to enterprise and organization 28-day aggregate reports, exposing active-user totals and per-feature engagement counts.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds totals_by_feature breakdown within copilot_feature_engagement, covering code completion, agent edit, passive Copilot code review, active Copilot code review, Copilot cloud agent, Copilot CLI, and Copilot app.
Adds users_in_phase_28d field to AI adoption phase reporting, exposing the full rolling 28-day phase population as of each report day alongside the existing total_engaged_users (active-that-day) count.
Copilot impact dashboard now surfaces how many active users engaged with each Copilot feature on at least two days during the 28-day period, giving enterprise administrators a view of which experiences are widely adopted.
Adds copilot_feature_engagement object to enterprise and organization 28-day aggregate reports, exposing active-user totals and per-feature engagement counts.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds totals_by_feature breakdown within copilot_feature_engagement, covering code completion, agent edit, passive Copilot code review, active Copilot code review, Copilot cloud agent, Copilot CLI, and Copilot app.
GitHub Copilot usage metrics API gains agentic CLI fields for skills, custom agents, MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. servers, slash commands, and plugins.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds totals_by_skill, totals_by_custom_agent, totals_by_mcp, totals_by_slash_cmd, and totals_by_plugin arrays to enterprise and organization Copilot usage metrics API reports, each listing up to five most-active items with an interaction_count.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds distinct_skill_use_count, distinct_custom_agent_use_count, distinct_mcp_use_count, distinct_slash_cmd_use_count, and distinct_plugin_use_count fields to the same reports, counting how many different CLI customization items were used in a period.
New agentic CLI metrics appear in per-user and aggregate 1-day reports, per-user 28-day reports, and day_totals entries in aggregate 28-day reports.
Adds totals_by_skill, totals_by_custom_agent, totals_by_mcp, totals_by_slash_cmd, and totals_by_plugin arrays to enterprise and organization Copilot usage metrics API reports, each listing up to five most-active items with an interaction_count.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Ubuntu 26.04 runner is GA for GitHub Actions; ubuntu-latest migrates from 24.04 to 26.04 starting October 19.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ USE IT
Explicitly target the new Ubuntu 26.04 ARMARMA family of RISC processor architectures designed by Arm Holdings and licensed to chip makers worldwide; tools target it to run natively on mobile, embedded, and increasingly server and desktop hardware. runner before the ubuntu-latest migration completes, so arm64 CI jobs run on the GA image immediately.
.github/workflows/ci.yml
jobs:
build:
runs-on: ubuntu-26.04-arm
steps:
- uses: actions/checkout@v4
- run: make test
Pin a workflow to ubuntu-24.04 to avoid breakage during the ubuntu-latest migration while you validate your toolchain against Ubuntu 26.04.
.github/workflows/ci.yml
jobs:
build:
runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
steps:
- uses: actions/checkout@v4
- run: make test
Adds ubuntu-26.04 and ubuntu-26.04-arm as fully supported runs-on values for GitHub Actions workflows on x64 and arm64.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
ubuntu-latest label migrates from Ubuntu 24.04 to Ubuntu 26.04, rolling out gradually between October 19 and November 19, 2026.
Adds ubuntu-26.04 and ubuntu-26.04-arm as fully supported runs-on values for GitHub Actions workflows on x64 and arm64.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
1 more in Everything
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
!ubuntu-latest will point to Ubuntu 26.04 (up from 24.04) after the October 19 – November 19, 2026 rollout; workflows that depend on tools, packages, or versions removed or changed between Ubuntu 24.04 and 26.04 may break automatically during this window.
GitHub Actions workflow execution protections are GA, adding workflow-file scoping, an audit Insights view, and a full REST APIREST APIA web API design style where clients interact with resources over HTTP using standard methods like GET, POST, and DELETE, giving cyber tools a predictable, language-agnostic way to integrate with external services. for policy-as-code management.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
If your public repo legitimately depends on pull_request_target, explicitly allow it in an event policy scoped to specific workflow files to opt out of the default blocking rule before November 2, 2026.
📍In the GitHub console, go to your repository › Settings › Actions › Policies, select the default pull_request_target rule, choose Allow for the specific workflow files that require the trigger, and save.
New REST API for Actions execution protections lets you create, read, update, and delete actor and event rules — including workflow path conditions — at the enterprise, organization, and repository level, enabling policy-as-code governance at scale.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds workflow file targeting to scope execution protection rules to specific workflow files (e.g. deploy.yml) rather than an entire repository, so different policies can apply to different workflows in the same repo.
Adds an Insights view to audit how execution protection actions evaluate and enforce rules across your enterprise, organization, and repositories — including in evaluate (shadow) mode before enforcement.
Rolls out a default protection rule that disables pull_request_target events on public repositories that have no applicable event policy, running in evaluate mode initially and auto-enforcing on November 2, 2026.
Evaluate mode (shadow mode) is now generally available, letting you run execution protection rules without blocking workflows and preview which runs would be affected before enforcement.
New REST API for Actions execution protections lets you create, read, update, and delete actor and event rules — including workflow path conditions — at the enterprise, organization, and repository level, enabling policy-as-code governance at scale.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds an Insights view to audit how execution protection actions evaluate and enforce rules across your enterprise, organization, and repositories — including in evaluate (shadow) mode before enforcement.
Rolls out a default protection rule that disables pull_request_target events on public repositories that have no applicable event policy, running in evaluate mode initially and auto-enforcing on November 2, 2026.
2 more in Everything
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
!On November 2, 2026, GitHub will automatically enforce a default rule disabling pull_request_target on public repositories that had no applicable event policy before general availability — workflows relying on pull_request_target in those repos will be blocked unless explicitly allow-listed via an Actions event policy.
The intelligent orchestration platform for DevSecOps, enabling teams and agents to ship trusted software at enterprise scale.
GitLab shipped a major expansion of MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. server tools spanning CI/CD, merge requests, repositories, work items and vulnerabilities, alongside a new /goal command for autonomous task completion in Duo CLI, three hosted open weight models for Duo Agent Platform, and a full set of AI credit governance, export and self-service consumption tools.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
15 FEATURES0 OF 15 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
Merge request MCP tool suitenew93how completely this was documenteddepth35/40specificity30/30actionability28/3093 / 100
Adds save_merge_request to open and update merge requests, list_merge_requests supporting group-scope queries, and get_merge_request, which returns diffs, conflicts, or approvals via the include param, with diffs defaulting to stats-level detail unless detail: full_patch is passed.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ Adds save_merge_request_review covering the full review flow — line-level or summary comments, thread replies, discussion resolution, full review submission, Duo review trigger, and approve/unapprove — and accept_merge_request, which merges immediately by default, waits for checks with strategy: merge_when_checks_pass, or joins a merge train with add_to_merge_train_when_checks_pass.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Merge an MR only after all CI checks pass, rather than immediately, to give an agent a safe merge strategy in automated pipelines.
Usage data export with per-event detail and cost-center mappingnew93how completely this was documenteddepth36/40specificity30/30actionability27/3093 / 100
Adds Export usage data from the GitLab Credits dashboard or GitLab Flex month overview, delivering a background-generated export by email with a secure download link, covering up to 31 days across three files: a daily summary, a per-event file, and a manifest. The per-event file surfaces Event ID, timestamp, event type, product and flow type, session identifier, User ID, Namespace ID, Project ID, credits consumed (quantity and unit), LLM call count, token totals, models used, Flex capability, and subscription name, enabling per-team showback and session-level spike investigation. A one-time namespace-to-cost-center mapping lets these monthly per-event exports automatically reflect finance cost structure without manual reconciliation.
Pull a per-event export to identify which user and session drove last week's credit spike, then map namespaces to finance cost centers for automatic chargeback.
📍From the GitLab Credits dashboard (or GitLab Flex month overview), select Export usage data. Choose a date range up to 31 days. The export arrives by email with a secure download link containing three files: a daily summary, a per-event file, and a manifest. In the per-event file, filter rows by User ID and date to isolate the session behind the spike, or group by Namespace ID to produce a department-level showback line.
Credit caps, overrides, and usage alerts for adminsnew89how completely this was documenteddepth33/40specificity28/30actionability28/3089 / 100
Adds the Credit caps page (at Settings > GitLab Credits > Credit caps for group Owners, or Admin > GitLab Credits > Credit caps on Self-Managed) to set a flat per-user GitLab Credits cap for all users in a billing period, with per-user overrides that can go above or below the flat cap, and a master toggle controlling whether overrides apply. Adds GitLab Flex capability-level controls letting admins mark each capability Restricted, Usage cap, or Unlimited against the shared reservation, so one capability's overage cannot drain credits needed by others. Adds email notifications to admins from the GitLab Credits dashboard at 50%, 80%, and 100% of credit usage, and again when the subscription cap is reached.
Set a default credit cap for all users and carve out a higher limit for engineers running agentic workloads — without opening the full budget to everyone.
📍Group Owners: go to Settings › GitLab Credits › Credit caps for your top-level group.
1. Under Flat user cap, enter the credit limit (e.g. 50) and enable enforcement.
2. Select Add override, search for the engineers doing agentic work, set their individual cap (e.g. 500), and save.
3. To revert an engineer to the flat cap, switch their override's enabled toggle off and save.
Pipeline and job control MCP toolsnew82how completely this was documenteddepth28/40specificity28/30actionability26/3082 / 100
Adds save_pipeline MCP tool to run, retry, cancel, or rename a CI/CD pipeline, and get_job MCP tool, which returns a job by default and, with include: ["log"], streams the job trace paginated via byte_offset and byte_limit (512 KB per page).
Pull a failed CI job log in 512 KB pages so an agent can diagnose the build failure without fetching the full log at once.
/goal command for autonomous task completion in Duo CLInew80how completely this was documenteddepth32/40specificity20/30actionability28/3080 / 100
The /goal slash command in GitLab Duo CLI lets developers describe an outcome and a done-condition in a single prompt; the agent iterates locally without turn-by-turn supervision until the goal is met or a configured iteration limit is reached. A /goal run can be stopped at any point and a new goal issued mid-session, giving developers a clear intervention point without abandoning the workflow.
Delegate an open-ended fix to the agent and walk away — it iterates until all tests pass and CI is green, rather than waiting for you to re-prompt each step.
$ /goal Fix the failing tests in spec/models/user_spec.rb. Continue until all tests pass locally and CI is green.
Hand off a broader clean-up task with an explicit done-condition and a human-review gate, so the agent stops only when the stated criteria are satisfied.
$ /goal Fix the failing tests. Ensure CI is fully green and the fix is reviewed by Duo Developer.
Hosted open weight models in Duo Agent Platformnew78how completely this was documenteddepth33/40specificity30/30actionability15/3078 / 100
Adds three selectable hosted open weight models to GitLab Duo Agent Platform: Kimi K3 (Moonshot AI) at 1.82 calls per credit, optimized for large codebases and long-running agent sessions; GLM 5.3 (Z.ai) at 5 calls per credit, tuned for long-horizon coding tasks with extended context accuracy; and MiniMax M3 (MiniMax) at 8 calls per credit, designed for high-volume, multi-step agentic work at scale. All three are served through Fireworks AI under a zero data retention policy that discards model input and output immediately after each response. Top-level group owners can set a per-feature default model and curate which models teams can select from, with settings applying consistently across all child groups and projects.
Created trigger for merge requests in Duo Agent Platformnew73how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity22/30actionability26/3073 / 100
Adds a Created trigger action for merge requests in GitLab Duo Agent Platform, configurable under AI > Triggers in project settings, so flows or external agents run the moment an MR is opened and diffed.
Trigger an automated first-pass review flow the moment a contributor opens a merge request, by enabling the new Created trigger in your project.
📍In your project, go to AI › Triggers and add the Created trigger action for merge requests, then enable your flow to run on that event.
Vulnerability management MCP toolsnew69how completely this was documenteddepth28/40specificity27/30actionability14/3069 / 100
Adds list_vulnerabilities (Ultimate only) filterable by severity and report type with cursor pagination, get_vulnerability for full single-vulnerability detail, and save_vulnerability (Ultimate only), which consolidates dismiss, confirm, revert to detected, update severity, and create a linked issue into a single tool.
Self-service credit consumption view for developersnew68how completely this was documenteddepth22/40specificity20/30actionability26/3068 / 100
Adds a per-developer GitLab Credits view under User settings showing a daily consumption chart with product filter and date range controls, scoped to the individual user's own events.
Let a developer check their own AI credit consumption without needing admin access.
📍As any member of the top-level group, navigate to User settings › GitLab Credits. Use the product filter and date range controls to view your daily consumption chart scoped to your own events.
MCP tool governance for read/write actionsimproved63how completely this was documenteddepth26/40specificity22/30actionability15/3063 / 100
Extends MCP server tool governance to GitLab MCP server tools alongside GitLab Duo Agent Platform tools in the same group and project settings, with a per-tool mode: read-only tools default to Always allow, write/delete tools default to Always ask.
Work item and note MCP toolsnew61how completely this was documenteddepth22/40specificity25/30actionability14/3061 / 100
Adds get_work_item, list_work_items, and save_work_item MCP tools covering issues, epics, and all supported work item types, superseding get_issue and create_issue. Adds save_note to comment on a work item or merge request and reply inside an existing thread, superseding create_merge_request_note and create_workitem_note.
Promotional credit draw-down order changeimproved50how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity22/30actionability8/3050 / 100
Changes the included promotional credit draw-down order: per-user included promotional credits (12 per Premium seat, 24 per Ultimate seat per month) are now applied before any shared evaluation credits are consumed.
GitLab Duo Slack agent (announced)new43how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity15/30actionability8/3043 / 100
GitLab announced a forthcoming Duo Slack agent that will let developers mention @GitLab in any channel or thread to ask questions, trigger agent flows, or create GitLab issues conversationally, with progress streamed back into the thread in real time.
GitLab Duo CLI adds /goal slash command for autonomous, goal-driven task completion without turn-by-turn prompting.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ TRY IT
Delegate an open-ended fix to the agent and walk away — it iterates until all tests pass and CI is green, rather than waiting for you to re-prompt each step.
$ /goal Fix the failing tests in spec/models/user_spec.rb. Continue until all tests pass locally and CI is green.
Hand off a broader clean-up task with an explicit done-condition and a human-review gate, so the agent stops only when the stated criteria are satisfied.
$ /goal Fix the failing tests. Ensure CI is fully green and the fix is reviewed by Duo Developer.
Adds the /goal slash command to GitLab Duo CLI, letting developers describe an outcome and a done-condition in a single prompt; the agent iterates locally until the goal is met or the configured iteration limit is reached, with no turn-by-turn supervision required.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Supports stopping a /goal run at any point and issuing a new goal mid-session, giving developers a clear intervention point without abandoning the entire workflow.
Announces a forthcoming GitLab Duo Slack agent that will let developers mention @GitLab in any channel or thread to ask questions, trigger agent flows, or create GitLab issues conversationally, with progress streamed back into the thread in real time.
GitLab 19.4 adds extensive MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. server tools for CI/CD, MRs, vulnerabilities, and unified agent governance︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ USE IT
Pull a failed CI job log in 512 KB pages so an agent can diagnose the build failure without fetching the full log at once.
Trigger an automated first-pass review flow the moment a contributor opens a merge request, by enabling the new Created trigger in your project.
📍In your project, go to AI › Triggers and add the Created trigger action for merge requests, then enable your flow to run on that event.
Adds save_pipeline MCP tool to run, retry, cancel, or rename a CI/CD pipeline.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds get_job MCP tool that returns a job by default, and with include: ["log"] streams the job trace paginated via byte_offset and byte_limit (512 KB per page).
Adds save_merge_request MCP tool to open and update merge requests.
Adds get_merge_request MCP tool that returns diffs, conflicts, or approvals via the include param, with diffs defaulting to stats-level detail unless detail: full_patch is passed.
Adds save_merge_request_review MCP tool covering the full review flow: line-level or summary comments, thread replies, discussion resolution, full review submission, Duo review trigger, and approve/unapprove.
Adds accept_merge_request MCP tool that merges immediately by default, waits for checks with strategy: merge_when_checks_pass, or joins a merge train with add_to_merge_train_when_checks_pass.
Adds list_repository_tree, list_branches, list_tags, list_releases, list_commits, get_commit, add_commit, and fork_repository MCP tools for full repository interaction.
Adds get_project, list_projects, list_project_members, and get_user MCP tools for project and user lookups.
Adds get_work_item, list_work_items, and save_work_item MCP tools covering issues, epics, and all supported work item types, superseding get_issue and create_issue.
Adds save_note MCP tool to comment on a work item or merge request and reply inside an existing thread, superseding create_merge_request_note and create_workitem_note.
Adds list_vulnerabilities MCP tool (Ultimate only) filterable by severity and report type with cursor pagination, and get_vulnerability for full single-vulnerability detail.
Adds save_vulnerability MCP tool (Ultimate only) consolidating dismiss, confirm, revert to detected, update severity, and create a linked issue into a single tool.
Adds a Created trigger action for merge requests in GitLab Duo Agent Platform, configurable under AI > Triggers in project settings, so flows or external agents run the moment an MR is opened and diffed.
Extends MCP server tool governance to GitLab MCP server tools alongside GitLab Duo Agent Platform tools in the same group and project settings, with a per-tool mode: read-only tools default to Always allow, write/delete tools default to Always ask.
GitLab Duo Agent Platform adds three hosted open weight models — Kimi K3, GLM 5.3, and MiniMax M3 — offering up to 4x more calls per GitLab Credit.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds Kimi K3 (Moonshot AI) as a selectable hosted open weight model in GitLab Duo Agent Platform, at 1.82 calls per credit, optimized for large codebases and long-running agent sessions.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds GLM 5.3 (Z.ai) as a selectable hosted open weight model in GitLab Duo Agent Platform, at 5 calls per credit, tuned for long-horizon coding tasks with extended context accuracy.
Adds MiniMax M3 (MiniMax) as a selectable hosted open weight model in GitLab Duo Agent Platform, at 8 calls per credit, designed for high-volume, multi-step agentic work at scale.
Top-level group owners can now set a per-feature default model and curate which models teams can select from, with settings applying consistently across all child groups and projects.
All three new open weight models are served through Fireworks AI under a zero data retention policy, with model input and output discarded immediately after each response.
Adds Kimi K3 (Moonshot AI) as a selectable hosted open weight model in GitLab Duo Agent Platform, at 1.82 calls per credit, optimized for large codebases and long-running agent sessions.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds GLM 5.3 (Z.ai) as a selectable hosted open weight model in GitLab Duo Agent Platform, at 5 calls per credit, tuned for long-horizon coding tasks with extended context accuracy.
Adds MiniMax M3 (MiniMax) as a selectable hosted open weight model in GitLab Duo Agent Platform, at 8 calls per credit, designed for high-volume, multi-step agentic work at scale.
All three new open weight models are served through Fireworks AI under a zero data retention policy, with model input and output discarded immediately after each response.
GitLab 19.4 adds per-user AI credit caps, per-event usage exports, and a developer self-service consumption view︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Set a default credit cap for all users and carve out a higher limit for engineers running agentic workloads — without opening the full budget to everyone.
📍Group Owners: go to Settings › GitLab Credits › Credit caps for your top-level group.
1. Under Flat user cap, enter the credit limit (e.g. 50) and enable enforcement.
2. Select Add override, search for the engineers doing agentic work, set their individual cap (e.g. 500), and save.
3. To revert an engineer to the flat cap, switch their override's enabled toggle off and save.
Pull a per-event export to identify which user and session drove last week's credit spike, then map namespaces to finance cost centers for automatic chargeback.
📍From the GitLab Credits dashboard (or GitLab Flex month overview), select Export usage data. Choose a date range up to 31 days. The export arrives by email with a secure download link containing three files: a daily summary, a per-event file, and a manifest. In the per-event file, filter rows by User ID and date to isolate the session behind the spike, or group by Namespace ID to produce a department-level showback line.
Let a developer check their own AI credit consumption without needing admin access.
📍As any member of the top-level group, navigate to User settings › GitLab Credits. Use the product filter and date range controls to view your daily consumption chart scoped to your own events.
Adds the Credit caps page (at Settings > GitLab Credits > Credit caps for group Owners, or Admin > GitLab Credits > Credit caps on Self-Managed) to set a flat per-user GitLab Credits cap for all users in a billing period, with per-user overrides that can go above or below the flat cap, and a master toggle that controls whether overrides apply.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds Export usage data from the GitLab Credits dashboard or GitLab Flex month overview, delivering a background-generated export by email with a secure download link — up to 31 days, three files per export: a daily summary, a new per-event file, and a manifest.
The new per-event export file surfaces Event ID, timestamp, event type, product and flow type, session identifier, User ID, Namespace ID, Project ID, credits consumed (quantity and unit), LLM call count, token totals, models used, Flex capability, and subscription name — enabling per-team showback and session-level spike investigation.
Adds a per-developer GitLab Credits view under User settings showing a daily consumption chart with product filter and date range controls, scoped to the individual user's own events.
Adds email notifications to admins from the GitLab Credits dashboard at 50%, 80%, and 100% of credit usage, and again when the subscription cap is reached.
+3 moreshow less
Adds GitLab Flex capability-level controls letting admins mark each capability Restricted, Usage cap, or Unlimited against the shared reservation, so one capability's overage cannot drain credits needed by other capabilities.
Changes the included promotional credit draw-down order: per-user included promotional credits (12 per Premium seat, 24 per Ultimate seat per month) are now applied before any shared evaluation credits are consumed.
Enables a one-time namespace-to-cost-center mapping so that monthly per-event exports automatically reflect finance cost structure without manual reconciliation.
Adds the Credit caps page (at Settings > GitLab Credits > Credit caps for group Owners, or Admin > GitLab Credits > Credit caps on Self-Managed) to set a flat per-user GitLab Credits cap for all users in a billing period, with per-user overrides that can go above or below the flat cap, and a master toggle that controls whether overrides apply.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds Export usage data from the GitLab Credits dashboard or GitLab Flex month overview, delivering a background-generated export by email with a secure download link — up to 31 days, three files per export: a daily summary, a new per-event file, and a manifest.
The new per-event export file surfaces Event ID, timestamp, event type, product and flow type, session identifier, User ID, Namespace ID, Project ID, credits consumed (quantity and unit), LLM call count, token totals, models used, Flex capability, and subscription name — enabling per-team showback and session-level spike investigation.
Adds a per-developer GitLab Credits view under User settings showing a daily consumption chart with product filter and date range controls, scoped to the individual user's own events.
Adds email notifications to admins from the GitLab Credits dashboard at 50%, 80%, and 100% of credit usage, and again when the subscription cap is reached.
+2 moreshow less
Adds GitLab Flex capability-level controls letting admins mark each capability Restricted, Usage cap, or Unlimited against the shared reservation, so one capability's overage cannot drain credits needed by other capabilities.
Enables a one-time namespace-to-cost-center mapping so that monthly per-event exports automatically reflect finance cost structure without manual reconciliation.
SonarQube expanded automatic analysis to GitLab with zero configuration and added native R language support with secrets detection, coverage import, and rule-based linting.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
SonarQube is the independent AI code verification platform trusted by 7M+ developers & organizations to help build secure, reliable software with confidence.
SonarQube expanded automatic analysis to GitLab with zero configuration and added native R language support with secrets detection, coverage import, and rule-based linting.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
2 FEATURES0 OF 2 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
Zero-configuration automatic analysis for GitLabnew75how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity25/30actionability20/3075 / 100
SonarQube Cloud extends its zero-configuration automatic analysis — previously exclusive to GitHub and Azure DevOps — to GitLab, scanning every merge request and main-branch commit without editing .gitlab-ci.yml.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ Coverage spans 20+ languages including C#, Java, and Python; onboarding is done by linking a GitLab account with repository and metadata read permissions and using Import repositories in SonarQube Cloud.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Onboard a GitLab repository to SonarQube Cloud for instant, pipeline-free scanning on every merge request.
📍1. Sign in to SonarQube Cloud and link your GitLab account (ensure your access token has repository and metadata read permissions).
2. Go to Import repositories and select the GitLab repositories you want to analyze.
3. For eligible repositories, automatic analysis starts immediately — no further configuration needed.
4. Results appear on the default branch and active merge requests shortly after import.
Native R language supportnew70how completely this was documenteddepth32/40specificity28/30actionability10/3070 / 100
SonarQube adds analysis of R source files and embedded R code inside R Markdown documents, with 82 rules covering key sections of the lintr rule set plus additional Sonar-developed rules. It imports lintr problem reports directly into SonarQube's centralized findings view, adds Cobertura test coverage import for R projects, and extends secrets detection, code metrics, syntax highlighting, and copy-paste duplication analysis to R. Existing quality profiles, quality gates, PR decoration, and branch analysis now apply to R codebases on both Cloud and Server.
SonarQube Cloud adds zero-configuration automatic analysis for GitLab, scanning every merge request and main-branch commit without .gitlab-ci.yml edits.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Onboard a GitLab repository to SonarQube Cloud for instant, pipeline-free scanning on every merge request.
📍1. Sign in to SonarQube Cloud and link your GitLab account (ensure your access token has repository and metadata read permissions).
2. Go to Import repositories and select the GitLab repositories you want to analyze.
3. For eligible repositories, automatic analysis starts immediately — no further configuration needed.
4. Results appear on the default branch and active merge requests shortly after import.
Extends zero-configuration automatic analysis — previously exclusive to GitHub and Azure DevOps — to GitLab, covering 20+ languages including C#, Java, and Python.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
SonarQube adds native R language support with 82 rules, secrets detection, lintr import, and CoberturaCoberturaAn open-source XML format for reporting code-coverage results, originally from a Java tool of the same name; cyber tools adopt it because most CI systems can parse and display it natively. coverage on Cloud and Server.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Analyzes R source files and embedded R code inside R Markdown documents with 82 rules covering key sections of the lintr rule set plus additional Sonar-developed rules.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Imports lintr problem reports directly into SonarQube, surfacing existing findings in the centralized view alongside other languages.
Adds Cobertura test coverage import for R projects.
Extends secrets detection, code metrics, syntax highlighting, and copy-paste duplication analysis to R.
Applies existing quality profiles, quality gates, PR decoration, and branch analysis to R codebases.
Analyzes R source files and embedded R code inside R Markdown documents with 82 rules covering key sections of the lintr rule set plus additional Sonar-developed rules.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Imports lintr problem reports directly into SonarQube, surfacing existing findings in the centralized view alongside other languages.
Adds Cobertura test coverage import for R projects.
Extends secrets detection, code metrics, syntax highlighting, and copy-paste duplication analysis to R.
The official changelog for the Snyk AI Trust Platform. Discover what's new in our security intelligence, AI-powered tools, and latest product enhancements.
Snyk's CLI and API & Web platform gained internal CA trust support for DASTDASTDynamic application security testing, probing a running application from the outside for vulnerabilities. It checks behavior exposed through the application's interfaces. scans and clearer error reporting for unreadable policy files.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
2 FEATURES0 OF 2 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
Custom internal CA upload for DAST scansnew62how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity22/30actionability15/3062 / 100
Snyk API & Web now supports uploading your organization's internal Root CA certificate, so certificates it issues are trusted during DAST scans alongside the public trust store.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ To use it, go to organisation settings in the Snyk Web UI, navigate to Add a custom CA certificate, and upload your Root CA file so subsequent scans verify certificates against it.
Upload your organisation's internal Root CA so DAST scans trust internally-issued certificates and avoid false positives on internal or internet-facing targets.
📍In the Snyk Web UI, go to your organisation settings and navigate to Add a custom CA certificate, then upload your Root CA file so every subsequent scan verifies certificates against it alongside the public trust store.
Snyk CLI v1.1307.3 adds per-project .snyk policy resolution; API & Web gains custom internal CA upload for DASTDASTDynamic application security testing, probing a running application from the outside for vulnerabilities. It checks behavior exposed through the application's interfaces. scans.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Upload your organisation's internal Root CA so DAST scans trust internally-issued certificates and avoid false positives on internal or internet-facing targets.
📍In the Snyk Web UI, go to your organisation settings and navigate to Add a custom CA certificate, then upload your Root CA file so every subsequent scan verifies certificates against it alongside the public trust store.
Adds support for uploading your organization's internal Root CA certificate in Snyk API & Web, so certificates it issues are trusted during DAST scans alongside the public trust store.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
snyk test now reports an unreadable .snyk policy file as error code SNYK-POLICY-0002 with a descriptive message instead of an unspecified error.
Adds support for uploading your organization's internal Root CA certificate in Snyk API & Web, so certificates it issues are trusted during DAST scans alongside the public trust store.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
sslscan 2.2.3 adds a flag to enumerate key exchange groups across every supported TLS protocol version instead of only the negotiated one.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
sslscan tests SSL/TLS enabled services to discover supported cipher suites
sslscan 2.2.3 adds a flag to enumerate key exchange groups across every supported TLS protocol version instead of only the negotiated one.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
1 FEATURE0 OF 1 FEATUREmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
Scan key exchange groups across all TLS protocolsnew80how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability30/3080 / 100
The new --all-groups flag scans for key exchange groups on all supported TLS protocols, not just the one negotiated in the handshake, e.g.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ sslscan --all-groups <target>:443.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Enumerate supported key exchange groups across all TLS protocol versions on a target to catch group misconfigurations not visible in a single handshake.
$ sslscan --all-groups <target>:443
— Named flag with runnable example, but limited mechanism detail.2.2.3
sslscan 2.2.3 adds --all-groups to enumerate key exchange groups across all supported TLS protocols.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch 2.2.3 https://github.com/rbsec/sslscan.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:$ git checkout 2.2.3
└──▷ TRY IT
Enumerate supported key exchange groups across all TLS protocol versions on a target to catch group misconfigurations not visible in a single handshake.
Official documentation for Invicti AppSec Platform, Invicti Platform, and Invicti Enterprise — web application security testing, DAST, API security, and vulnerability management.
Invicti added a Website Discovery REST APIREST APIA web API design style where clients interact with resources over HTTP using standard methods like GET, POST, and DELETE, giving cyber tools a predictable, language-agnostic way to integrate with external services. for pulling discovered websites into external workflows, surfaced the source location of auto-detected API specifications in API Discovery, and expanded filtering options on the Website Discovery list.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
3 FEATURES0 OF 3 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
Extended filters on Website Discovery listimproved55how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity20/30actionability15/3055 / 100
The Website Discovery list can now be filtered by discovery date, with exact match and exclusion options on text filters, and by multiple risk score values simultaneously.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
API specification source location in API Discoveryimproved45how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity15/30actionability10/3045 / 100
API Discovery now shows the source location of each API specification found during a scan, so users can see which endpoints were auto-detected and from where.
Invicti adds a Website Discovery REST APIREST APIA web API design style where clients interact with resources over HTTP using standard methods like GET, POST, and DELETE, giving cyber tools a predictable, language-agnostic way to integrate with external services. and exposes API specification source locations in API Discovery.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds a Website Discovery REST API endpoint to retrieve discovered websites and integrate discovery results into external workflows and cyber tooling.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Shows the source location of each API specification found during a scan in API Discovery, so you can see which endpoints were auto-detected and from where.
Enables filtering the Website Discovery list by discovery date, exact match and exclusion on text filters, and multiple risk score values simultaneously.
Adds a Website Discovery REST API endpoint to retrieve discovered websites and integrate discovery results into external workflows and cyber tooling.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Volatility 3's v2.28.2 release adds a MermaidMermaidA Markdown-inspired diagramming language that renders flowcharts, sequence diagrams, and other visuals from plain text, letting cyber tools generate visual documentation without shipping binary assets. tree renderer for embeddable diagrams and reworks Linux malfind's dirty-page dumping flags, alongside smaller improvements to layer validation and output handling.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Volatility 3.0 development
Volatility 3's v2.28.2 release adds a MermaidMermaidA Markdown-inspired diagramming language that renders flowcharts, sequence diagrams, and other visuals from plain text, letting cyber tools generate visual documentation without shipping binary assets. tree renderer for embeddable diagrams and reworks Linux malfind's dirty-page dumping flags, alongside smaller improvements to layer validation and output handling.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
5 FEATURES0 OF 5 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
Mermaid renderer for tree visualizationnew85how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity25/30actionability30/3085 / 100
Adds a new mermaid renderer, selected with --renderer mermaid, that visualizes tree-structured plugin output such as process trees and VAD trees as Mermaid diagrams embeddable directly in Markdown and GitHub.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Visualize the Windows process tree as a Mermaid diagram to paste directly into a GitHub incident-report or Markdown wiki page.
— Names flag and includes a runnable command examplev2.28.2
0200
Linux malfind dirty-page dumping flagsbreaking85how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability25/3085 / 100
Replaces --dump-page and --dump-size with --show-all-dirty-pages and --hexdump-size in Linux malfind, giving finer control over dirty-page enumeration output; scripts or workflows using the old flags will break.
— Exact old and new flag names given, no examplev2.28.2
thinner coverage below
0300
Banner redirected to stderr for structured outputimproved55how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity20/30actionability15/3055 / 100
Redirects the Volatility banner to stderr when a structured-output renderer (such as mermaid, CSV, or JSONLJSONLA text format where each line is a self-contained, valid JSON object, making it easy to stream, append, and process large datasets line by line without parsing a full JSON array into memory.) is in use, preventing banner text from corrupting piped output.
— Names affected renderers, no exact command shownv2.28.2
0400
Arrow/Parquet renderer removed from standalone EXEbreaking55how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity20/30actionability15/3055 / 100
Arrow/Parquet output renderer is removed from the standalone executable build; users relying on Arrow output in the EXE must switch to the pip-installed package.
Windows Intel layer validation via translation checksimproved35how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity10/30actionability5/3035 / 100
Improves Windows Intel layer validation by verifying layers via translation checks, increasing accuracy of memory layer identification.
— Mechanism named but no concrete usage detailv2.28.2
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
!
Linux malfind option --dump-page is replaced by --show-all-dirty-pages; scripts or workflows using --dump-page will break.
!
Linux malfind option --dump-size is replaced by --hexdump-size; scripts or workflows using --dump-size will break.
!
Arrow/Parquet output renderer is removed from the standalone executable build; users relying on Arrow output in the EXE must switch to the pip-installed package.
Volatility 3 v2.28.2 adds a Mermaid renderer for tree visualization and expands Linux malfind's VMA dumping options.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v2.28.2 https://github.com/volatilityfoundation/volatility3.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:$ git checkout v2.28.2
└──▷ TRY IT
Visualize the Windows process tree as a Mermaid diagram to paste directly into a GitHub incident-report or Markdown wiki page.
Adds mermaid renderer (--renderer mermaid) for visualizing tree-structured plugin output (process trees, VAD trees) as Mermaid diagrams embeddable in Markdown and GitHub.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Replaces --dump-page and --dump-size with --show-all-dirty-pages and --hexdump-size in Linux malfind, giving finer control over dirty-page enumeration output.
Improves Windows Intel layer validation by verifying layers via translation checks, increasing accuracy of memory layer identification.
Redirects the Volatility banner to stderr when a structured-output renderer (such as mermaid, CSV, or JSONLJSONLA text format where each line is a self-contained, valid JSON object, making it easy to stream, append, and process large datasets line by line without parsing a full JSON array into memory.) is in use, preventing banner text from corrupting piped output.
Adds mermaid renderer (--renderer mermaid) for visualizing tree-structured plugin output (process trees, VAD trees) as Mermaid diagrams embeddable in Markdown and GitHub.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
3 more in Everything
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
!Linux malfind option --dump-page is replaced by --show-all-dirty-pages; scripts or workflows using --dump-page will break.
!Linux malfind option --dump-size is replaced by --hexdump-size; scripts or workflows using --dump-size will break.
!Arrow/Parquet output renderer is removed from the standalone executable build; users relying on Arrow output in the EXE must switch to the pip-installed package.
Zeek is a powerful network analysis framework that is much different from the typical IDS you may know.
Zeek 9 switches cluster communications to ZeroMQZeroMQA messaging library that provides socket-like abstractions for async message passing over TCP, IPC, or in-process transports, letting tools wire together distributed components without a dedicated message broker. by default, adds a declarative zeek.conf for systemdsystemdA Linux init system and service manager, maintained by the systemd project, that starts and supervises processes, manages dependencies between services, and exposes a consistent API for controlling daemons at runtime.-based cluster orchestration, native encapsulated-traffic ingestion for cloud deployments, and a wide set of new log fields and analyzer capabilities — alongside breaking SHA256SHA256A cryptographic hash function that turns data into a fixed 256-bit fingerprint. It is used to check integrity; hashing does not encrypt the original data. upgrades to ssh.log and kerberos.log fingerprint/ticket fields and a Spicy 1.17.0 performance upgrade.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
17 FEATURES3 OF 17 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
Software framework caching tunablesnew90how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability30/3090 / 100
Adds Software::parse_cache_interval, Software::found_cache_interval, and Software::max_software_cache_size tunables to the software framework for finer control over version-detection caching, letting operators cap cache size and intervals to reduce memory use and log churn in high-volume environments.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Cap the software framework's detection cache to limit memory use and reduce noisy software-version log churn in high-volume environments.
Encrypted Client Hello (ECH) support in TLS analyzernew85how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability25/3085 / 100
Adds a new ssl_extension_encrypted_client_hello event in the TLS analyzer to report on Encrypted Client Hello (ECH), and adds ech_kdf_id and ech_aead_id fields to ssl.log — reporting HPKE KDF and AEAD identifiers from the TLS 1.3 ECH extension — via the protocols/ssl/ssl-log-ext.zeek policy script.
Enable ECH extension logging in ssl.log to capture HPKE KDF and AEAD identifiers from TLS 1.3 Encrypted Client Hello handshakes.
Kerberos ticket fields upgraded to SHA256breaking85how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability25/3085 / 100
Replaces the MD5-hashed auth_ticket and new_ticket fields in kerberos.log with auth_ticket_sha256 and new_ticket_sha256 via protocols/krb/ticket-logging.zeek; the protocols/krb/md5-ticket-logging.zeek policy script restores the original MD5 fields.
SSH host key fingerprint upgraded to SHA256breaking85how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability25/3085 / 100
Replaces the host_key fingerprint field in ssh.log with a new host_key_fingerprint field using SHA256 in the same format as ssh-keygen -l; the protocols/ssh/md5-host-key-logging.zeek policy script restores the old field.
zeek.conf cluster config with systemd orchestrationnew75how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity25/30actionability20/3075 / 100
Adds a new declarative zeek.conf cluster configuration file consumed by Zeek's systemd generator to produce systemd unit files for orchestrating Zeek clusters, including multi-machine deployments.
ZeroMQ becomes default cluster communication backendbreaking70how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity25/30actionability15/3070 / 100
Zeek 9 switches the default cluster communication backend from Broker to ZeroMQ, enabling direct worker-to-worker eventing, cluster-wide event publishing, and single-point cluster event tapping; scripts or packages that rely on Broker-specific eventing must re-enable the Broker backend explicitly.
DNS opcode fields for RFC 1996 notificationsnew70how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability20/3070 / 100
Adds opcode and opcode_name fields to dns.log to support DNS notifications (RFC 1996); removable via the protocols/dns/disable-opcode-log-fields.zeek policy script.
Multicast logging improvementsnew60how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity25/30actionability15/3060 / 100
Adds a new multicast_participants.log (via the protocols/conn/multicast-participants.zeek policy script) reporting multicast speakers based on IGMPIGMPA network-layer protocol used by IPv4 hosts and routers to manage multicast group membership, letting routers know which hosts want traffic for a given multicast address. activity, and logs multicast DNS transactions as separate transactions since they occur on separate network flows.
Spicy 1.17.0 upgrade with new optimizerimproved60how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability10/3060 / 100
Ships Spicy 1.17.0 with a control-flow-graph-based optimizer delivering 20–60% microbenchmark performance improvements and adds Windows (MSVC) build support.
LDAP analyzer forwards SASL payloadsimproved50how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity20/30actionability10/3050 / 100
Extends the LDAPLDAPA protocol for querying and modifying directory services, standardized under RFC 4511, commonly used to look up users, groups, and attributes in corporate identity stores like Active Directory. analyzer to forward SASLSASLA framework for plugging authentication mechanisms into network protocols, standardized by the IETF, so a tool can support password, Kerberos, or certificate login without rewriting auth logic per protocol. payloads to GSSAPI and NTLMNTLMA Windows authentication protocol that proves knowledge of a password through a challenge and response. Captured authentication exchanges can be abused in relay attacks when protections are absent. parsers, enhancing logging into ntlm.log and kerberos.log.
Native encapsulated-traffic ingestion for cloudnew45how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity15/30actionability10/3045 / 100
Ships a new packet source enabling Zeek clusters to act as a UDPUDPA network protocol that sends individual messages without guaranteeing delivery or order. Applications trade built-in reliability for less overhead and can add their own recovery. server that ingests encapsulated packet streams directly for cloud environments, without packet-sniffing workarounds.
TCP support in Syslog analyzerimproved25how completely this was documenteddepth10/40specificity10/30actionability5/3025 / 100
Supports TCPTCPA network protocol that delivers a reliable, ordered stream of bytes between two endpoints. It detects lost data and retransmits it. in the Syslog analyzer.
The host_key field in ssh.log is replaced by host_key_fingerprint (SHA256, ssh-keygen -l format); any pipeline keying on host_key will break unless the protocols/ssh/md5-host-key-logging.zeek policy script is loaded to restore it.
!
The auth_ticket and new_ticket fields (MD5 hashes) in kerberos.log are replaced by auth_ticket_sha256 and new_ticket_sha256 (SHA256) via protocols/krb/ticket-logging.zeek; load protocols/krb/md5-ticket-logging.zeek to restore the original fields.
!
The default cluster communication backend is now ZeroMQ instead of Broker; scripts or packages that rely on Broker-specific eventing must re-enable the Broker backend explicitly.
Zeek 9 ships ZeroMQZeroMQA messaging library that provides socket-like abstractions for async message passing over TCP, IPC, or in-process transports, letting tools wire together distributed components without a dedicated message broker. cluster comms by default, native encapsulated-traffic ingestion, systemdsystemdA Linux init system and service manager, maintained by the systemd project, that starts and supervises processes, manages dependencies between services, and exposes a consistent API for controlling daemons at runtime. orchestration via zeek.conf, and new log fields.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ TRY IT
Enable ECH extension logging in ssl.log to capture HPKE KDF and AEAD identifiers from TLS 1.3 Encrypted Client Hello handshakes.
$ @load protocols/ssl/ssl-log-ext
Cap the software framework's detection cache to limit memory use and reduce noisy software-version log churn in high-volume environments.
Adds a new declarative zeek.conf cluster configuration file consumed by Zeek's systemd generator to produce systemd unit files for orchestrating Zeek clusters, including multi-machine deployments.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds Software::parse_cache_interval, Software::found_cache_interval, and Software::max_software_cache_size tunables to the software framework for finer control over version-detection caching.
Adds ech_kdf_id and ech_aead_id fields to ssl.log (via the protocols/ssl/ssl-log-ext.zeek policy script) reporting HPKE KDF and AEAD identifiers from the TLS 1.3 ECH extension.
Adds new ntp_control and ntp_private logs for NTP modes 6 and 7 respectively.
Adds a new multicast_participants.log (via the protocols/conn/multicast-participants.zeek policy script) reporting multicast speakers based on IGMPIGMPA network-layer protocol used by IPv4 hosts and routers to manage multicast group membership, letting routers know which hosts want traffic for a given multicast address. activity.
+14 moreshow less
Adds opcode and opcode_name fields to dns.log to support DNS notifications (RFC 1996); removable via the protocols/dns/disable-opcode-log-fields.zeek policy script.
Adds auth_ticket_sha256 and new_ticket_sha256 fields to kerberos.log (via protocols/krb/ticket-logging.zeek) replacing MD5-hashed fields with SHA256SHA256A cryptographic hash function that turns data into a fixed 256-bit fingerprint. It is used to check integrity; hashing does not encrypt the original data.; the protocols/krb/md5-ticket-logging.zeek policy script restores the original fields.
Replaces the host_key fingerprint field in ssh.log with a new host_key_fingerprint field using SHA256 in the same format as ssh-keygen -l; the protocols/ssh/md5-host-key-logging.zeek policy script restores the old field.
Switches the default cluster communication backend from Broker to ZeroMQ, enabling direct worker-to-worker eventing, cluster-wide event publishing, and single-point cluster event tapping.
Ships a new packet source enabling Zeek clusters to act as a UDPUDPA network protocol that sends individual messages without guaranteeing delivery or order. Applications trade built-in reliability for less overhead and can add their own recovery. server that ingests encapsulated packet streams directly for cloud environments, without packet-sniffing workarounds.
Adds a new ssl_extension_encrypted_client_hello event in the TLS analyzer to report on Encrypted Client Hello (ECH).
Adds a new, optional ZIP file analyzer that reports contained files to files.log.
Supports TCPTCPA network protocol that delivers a reliable, ordered stream of bytes between two endpoints. It detects lost data and retransmits it. in the Syslog analyzer.
Logs multicast DNS transactions as separate transactions since they occur on separate network flows.
Extends the LDAPLDAPA protocol for querying and modifying directory services, standardized under RFC 4511, commonly used to look up users, groups, and attributes in corporate identity stores like Active Directory. analyzer to forward SASLSASLA framework for plugging authentication mechanisms into network protocols, standardized by the IETF, so a tool can support password, Kerberos, or certificate login without rewriting auth logic per protocol. payloads to GSSAPI and NTLMNTLMA Windows authentication protocol that proves knowledge of a password through a challenge and response. Captured authentication exchanges can be abused in relay attacks when protections are absent. parsers, enhancing logging into ntlm.log and kerberos.log.
Logs FTP sessions that feature only login and logout.
Adds the ?as operator to Zeek's scripting language for safely checking type-conversion compatibility at runtime.
Adds multiple configuration options for handling binary data in JSON logging, resolving a long-standing ambiguity.
Ships Spicy 1.17.0 with a control-flow-graph-based optimizer delivering 20–60% microbenchmark performance improvements and Windows (MSVC) build support.
Adds a new declarative zeek.conf cluster configuration file consumed by Zeek's systemd generator to produce systemd unit files for orchestrating Zeek clusters, including multi-machine deployments.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds Software::parse_cache_interval, Software::found_cache_interval, and Software::max_software_cache_size tunables to the software framework for finer control over version-detection caching.
Adds new ntp_control and ntp_private logs for NTP modes 6 and 7 respectively.
Adds a new multicast_participants.log (via the protocols/conn/multicast-participants.zeek policy script) reporting multicast speakers based on IGMPIGMPA network-layer protocol used by IPv4 hosts and routers to manage multicast group membership, letting routers know which hosts want traffic for a given multicast address. activity.
Ships a new packet source enabling Zeek clusters to act as a UDPUDPA network protocol that sends individual messages without guaranteeing delivery or order. Applications trade built-in reliability for less overhead and can add their own recovery. server that ingests encapsulated packet streams directly for cloud environments, without packet-sniffing workarounds.
+3 moreshow less
Adds a new ssl_extension_encrypted_client_hello event in the TLS analyzer to report on Encrypted Client Hello (ECH).
Adds a new, optional ZIP file analyzer that reports contained files to files.log.
Adds the ?as operator to Zeek's scripting language for safely checking type-conversion compatibility at runtime.
11 more in Everything
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
!The host_key field in ssh.log is replaced by host_key_fingerprint (SHA256, ssh-keygen -l format); any pipeline keying on host_key will break unless the protocols/ssh/md5-host-key-logging.zeek policy script is loaded to restore it.
!The auth_ticket and new_ticket fields (MD5 hashes) in kerberos.log are replaced by auth_ticket_sha256 and new_ticket_sha256 (SHA256) via protocols/krb/ticket-logging.zeek; load protocols/krb/md5-ticket-logging.zeek to restore the original fields.
!The default cluster communication backend is now ZeroMQ instead of Broker; scripts or packages that rely on Broker-specific eventing must re-enable the Broker backend explicitly.
Welcome to the comprehensive documentation for Aviatrix's cloud networking platform. Here you'll find everything you need to deploy, configure, and manage your multi-cloud networking infrastructure.
Aviatrix's 10.1.0 controller release is a major security and networking overhaul — FIPS 140-3FIPS 140-3A US federal standard, maintained by NIST, that defines requirements for cryptographic modules used in government systems. Cyber tools target it to satisfy procurement mandates requiring validated crypto. validated IPsecIPsecA suite of IETF protocols that authenticate and encrypt IP packets at the network layer, giving cyber tools a standards-based way to build VPNs or secure host-to-host tunnels without modifying applications., end-to-end VRFVRFA Virtual Routing and Forwarding instance is a router feature that maintains multiple independent routing tables on one device, letting a cyber tool isolate traffic flows or simulate separate network segments without extra hardware. multi-tenancy, DCF East-West L7 inspection, Premium IPS feeds and Flexible Gateway Deployment — bundled with dozens of Kubernetes, multi-cloud networking and CoPilot management updates, alongside a new Egress Security Score dashboard and Apple Silicon support in the VPNVPNA virtual private network, an encrypted tunnel between devices or networks. It carries traffic across another network as though the endpoints had a private connection. Client.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
27 FEATURES5 OF 27 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
DCF intra-cluster enforcement for EKSnew80how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability20/3080 / 100
Adds DCF intra-cluster enforcement for EKSEKSAmazon's managed Kubernetes service, run by AWS, that handles control-plane provisioning so teams can deploy containerized workloads without operating the underlying cluster infrastructure themselves., enabled per-cluster from CoPilot under Security > Distributed Cloud Firewall > Settings > Intra-Cluster, supporting Calico, Cilium, Antrea, AWS VPCVPCA logically isolated virtual network inside a public cloud provider's infrastructure, letting tools deploy resources with private addressing, controlled routing, and firewall rules without managing physical hardware. CNI (v1.14+), Weave Net, and Canal.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Enable DCF intra-cluster policy enforcement on an EKS cluster so that Distributed Cloud Firewall controls all east-west pod traffic via existing CNI NetworkPolicyNetworkPolicyA Kubernetes API object that defines which pods may send or receive traffic, enforced by the cluster's CNI plugin to give cyber tools namespace-level network segmentation without host firewall rules. support.
📍In CoPilot, go to Security › Distributed Cloud Firewall › Settings › Intra-Cluster, select the target EKS cluster, and enable enforcement.
— Exact UI path, six named CNIs, and a step-by-step example10.1.0
0200
Independent gateway instance sizingnew80how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity25/30actionability25/3080 / 100
Adds independent gateway instance sizing, allowing a single instance to be resized from CoPilot at Cloud Fabric > Gateways > (transit or spoke) > gateway group > Instances without affecting HA or the group default size; surfaces a Multiple Sizes label when a group has diverged.
Resize a single gateway instance without touching HA peers or changing the group default size, useful when one instance needs more capacity after a traffic spike.
📍In CoPilot, go to Cloud Fabric › Gateways › (transit or spoke) › gateway group › Instances tab, select the individual instance, and choose a new size.
— Exact UI path plus a worked resize example10.1.0
0300
Egress Security Score dashboardnew75how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity25/30actionability20/3075 / 100
Adds the Security > Egress > Overview tab (requires Controller 8.0 and DCF enabled) showing an Egress Security Score card for VPC/VNets and a breakdown of Unprotected, Monitored, Partially Protected, Protected, No Egress, and Unknown states. Adds an Egress Security Score Explained dialog (via Learn More) detailing how the score is calculated, and a Manage VPC/VNets shortcut that navigates directly to the Egress VPC/VNets tab for remediation.
Check your organisation's overall egress posture and identify unprotected VPC/VNets at a glance after upgrading to Controller 8.0 with DCF enabled.
📍In the Aviatrix Controller, go to Security › Egress › Overview. Review the Egress Security Score card and the Protected VPC/VNets chart to see which VPCs/VNets are Unprotected, Monitored, Partially Protected, or Protected. Click Manage VPC/VNets to open the Egress VPC/VNets tab and begin remediating gaps.
— Exact UI path, states, and a worked usage exampleproduct docs
0400
DCF Spoke Local Breakoutnew75how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability15/3075 / 100
Adds DCF Spoke Local Breakout, recording the egress path taken in every DCF log entry; requires Single IP SNAT (or customized SNAT), the 10.1 gateway image, and a supported instance size on Aviatrix Transit (FireNet) and AWS TGW centralized topologies.
— Precise prerequisites listed, but no enablement steps10.1.0
0500
DCF Quick Time-to-Value dashboardnew75how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability15/3075 / 100
Adds DCF Quick Time-to-Value dashboard with a system-defined, Aviatrix-managed read-only threat intelligence ruleset (defaults to Watch Mode) and ten Recommended Security Control cards covering ToR traffic, sanctioned-country traffic, cleartext legacy protocols, cryptomining pools, and outbound proxy/relay; requires Controller 8.2+ and CoPilot 4.37.
— Named cards and version requirements, no navigation path10.1.0
0601
FIPS build requires 2048-bit UserVPN CA keybreaking70how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity25/30actionability15/3070 / 100
The FIPSFIPSA set of US federal standards published by NIST that define approved cryptographic algorithms and modules; cyber tools use it to meet compliance requirements in government and regulated environments. build of VPN Client 3.0.2 requires the VPN gateway's UserVPN CA to use an RSARSAThe oldest widely used public-key algorithm, for both encryption and signatures, with security resting on factoring large numbers. A large quantum computer would break it. key of at least 2048 bits; gateways on Controller versions earlier than 8.2, or Controller 8.2 whose UserVPN CA has not been rotated, may use a 1024-bit key (generated on Aviatrix 7.1 or earlier) that the FIPS 140-3 module will reject, preventing the client from verifying the gateway server certificate.
— Explains exact failure mode and versions affectedproduct docs
0700
Premium IPS Rule Feeds (ET Pro)new70how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability20/3070 / 100
Adds Security > Distributed Cloud Firewall > IPS > Rule Feeds (labeled ET Pro in CoPilot) as a Premium IPSIPSAn intrusion prevention system, inspecting activity and blocking traffic or actions that match its security rules. It adds active enforcement to detection. feed applied alongside custom Suricata rulesets, with traffic actions governed by severity thresholds in the active IPS Profile.
Activate the Premium ET Pro IPS rule feed so that matched traffic is handled according to your active IPS Profile severity thresholds, without replacing any custom Suricata rules you have uploaded.
📍In CoPilot, go to Security › Distributed Cloud Firewall › IPS › Rule Feeds; the ET Pro feed is listed as the default entry — confirm it is enabled, then verify or adjust severity thresholds in your active IPS Profile.
— Named endpoint path and worked example, but no threshold defaults10.1.0
0800
VRF for end-to-end multi-tenancynew70how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity25/30actionability15/3070 / 100
Adds VRF for multi-tenancy with end-to-end propagation across transit-to-transit peering, BGPBGPA routing protocol that lets autonomous systems on the internet exchange reachability information, determining how traffic flows between networks. Cyber tools use it to monitor route hijacks or inject sinkholes.-spoke-to-transit peering, and intra-group backup links; enabled by a Controller feature flag (off by default) plus per-attachment opt-in, supporting up to 200 network domains.
— Mechanism and 200-domain limit given, but flag name not specified10.1.0
0900
DCF for Private Kubernetes Clusters (Preview)new70how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity25/30actionability15/3070 / 100
Adds DCF for Private Kubernetes Clusters (Preview), enabled per cluster in CoPilot or Terraform, supporting EKS, AKSAKSAzure Kubernetes Service, Microsoft's managed Kubernetes offering, which lets cyber tools offload cluster provisioning and scaling to Azure so engineers focus on workload logic instead of control-plane operations., and GKEGKEGoogle Kubernetes Engine, Google's managed Kubernetes service, which lets cyber tools run containerized workloads without managing the underlying cluster infrastructure.; requires an Aviatrix spoke gateway in the same VPC with a security-group rule allowing TCPTCPA network protocol that delivers a reliable, ordered stream of bytes between two endpoints. It detects lost data and retransmits it. port 443 to the Kubernetes API server.
— Exact prerequisite (TCP 443 rule) named, no walkthrough10.1.0
1000
Flexible Gateway Deploymentnew60how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity20/30actionability15/3060 / 100
Adds Flexible Gateway Deployment (private subnet, no public IP), enabled per gateway group at creation time on AWS (including GovCloud) and Azure, via CoPilot and Terraform.
— Clouds and tools named, no exact config keys10.1.0
1102
DCF East-West Layer 7 inspection for AWSnew60how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity20/30actionability15/3060 / 100
Adds DCF East-West Layer 7 inspection for AWS, with symmetric routing enabled per spoke group in CoPilot or Terraform, also reducing cross-AZ data transfer cost and latency.
— Names benefit and tools but not exact config field10.1.0
1200
GCP Global VPC Regional Spoke Egress (Phase 2)improved60how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity20/30actionability15/3060 / 100
Adds GCP Global VPC Regional Spoke Egress (Phase 2), letting operators choose which regions egress locally vs. through FireNet, with both modes coexisting in the same Global VPC; the CoPilot Egress page now shows Global VPCsVPCsVirtual Private Clouds — isolated, software-defined network environments inside a public cloud provider such as AWS, Azure, or GCP — give cyber tools a controlled network boundary with configurable routing, subnets, and access rules. in a nested tree displaying each region's egress mode.
SNAT and HPE support on Azure spokesnew55how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity20/30actionability15/3055 / 100
Adds SNAT and HPE support on Azure spokes with subnet groups for both HPE and non-HPE deployments, configurable via the existing Controller API/CLI or Terraform.
— Names config surfaces but no specific fields10.1.0
1400
Smart Gateways Phase 3 (Preview)new55how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity20/30actionability10/3055 / 100
Adds Smart Gateways Phase 3 (Preview) covering transit gateways, Edge as Spoke, Edge as Transit, and BGP spoke gateways, controlled by three tiered feature flags (fabric-wide kill switch, per-group underlay flag, per-group route-resolver flag), all off by default.
VPN Client 3.0.2 Apple Silicon and Ubuntu 26.04 supportnew50how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity20/30actionability10/3050 / 100
Packages the macOS installer as a Universal binary that runs natively on both Intel and Apple Silicon (ARM64ARM64The 64-bit instruction set architecture from ARM Holdings, used in modern mobile chips, Apple Silicon, and cloud server CPUs; tools target it to run natively on those platforms without emulation overhead.) Macs without Rosetta 2, and adds support for Ubuntu 26.04 alongside Ubuntu 22.04 and 24.04.
— Names platforms covered but no install/upgrade command givenproduct docs
1603
FIPS 140-3 validated IPsec data planenew50how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity15/30actionability10/3050 / 100
Adds a FIPS 140-3 validated IPsec data plane as a separate FIPS-validated gateway build; existing gateways must be replaced (not toggled) to enter FIPS mode.
— States migration requirement but no replacement procedure10.1.0
1700
Kubernetes Discovery and SmartGroups reach GAimproved45how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity15/30actionability10/3045 / 100
Promotes Kubernetes Discovery and SmartGroups to general availability, enabling DCF rules to enforce policy across both Kubernetes Pods/Services and VM workloads.
AWS inter-region jumbo frame supportnew45how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity15/30actionability10/3045 / 100
Adds opt-in AWS inter-region jumbo frame support for transit peering (AWS only, excluding partitions such as AWS GovCloud that do not support jumbo frames).
AKS onboarding with Microsoft Entra IDnew45how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity15/30actionability10/3045 / 100
Adds AKS onboarding with Microsoft Entra IDEntra IDMicrosoft's cloud-based identity and access management service, formerly Azure Active Directory, used by cyber tools to authenticate users and enforce access policies in Microsoft 365 and Azure environments., with the Controller auto-detecting the Entra ID setting on the AKS cluster.
— Describes auto-detection but no onboarding steps10.1.0
2104
Private Mode removed, must migrate to Flexible Gatewaybreaking45how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity10/30actionability15/3045 / 100
Private Mode is fully removed; deployments still on Private Mode cannot upgrade in place and must be rebuilt as Flexible Gateway deployments.
— Clear migration requirement, no rebuild procedure detail10.1.0
2200
Make Before Break Gateway Replacement (Preview)new40how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity10/30actionability10/3040 / 100
Adds Make Before Break Gateway Replacement (Preview), preserving the gateway's external IP through cut-over so partners and firewalls need no reconfiguration, with automatic eligibility checking per gateway.
— Behaviour described but no eligibility criteria or steps10.1.0
2305
Controller UI features move exclusively to CoPilotbreaking35how completely this was documenteddepth15/40specificity10/30actionability10/3035 / 100
Controller UI features formerly managed in the Controller UI are now managed exclusively from CoPilot; onboarding flows for new and existing deployments now route through CoPilot.
— States the shift but not which specific features moved10.1.0
2400
Azure v6 instance supportnew30how completely this was documenteddepth10/40specificity15/30actionability5/3030 / 100
Adds Azure v6 instance support for gateways on Controller 10.1.0 and later.
— Names instance family and version, nothing else10.1.0
2500
Ubuntu 20.04 support deprecateddeprecated25how completely this was documenteddepth10/40specificity10/30actionability5/3025 / 100
Ubuntu 20.04 support is deprecated in VPN Client 3.0.2.
— Bare deprecation notice, no timeline or migration pathproduct docs
2600
DCF CSP Exclusion List reaches GAimproved25how completely this was documenteddepth10/40specificity10/30actionability5/3025 / 100
Promotes DCF CSPCSPContent Security Policy: a browser security mechanism, standardized by the W3C, that lets a web server declare which sources of scripts, styles, and other resources a page may load, blocking injection attacks. Exclusion List to general availability.
The FIPS build of VPN Client 3.0.2 requires the VPN gateway's UserVPN CA to use an RSA key of at least 2048 bits; gateways on Controller versions earlier than 8.2, or Controller 8.2 whose UserVPN CA has not been rotated, may use a 1024-bit key (generated on Aviatrix 7.1 or earlier) that the FIPS 140-3 module will reject, preventing the client from verifying the gateway server certificate.
!
Ubuntu 20.04 support is deprecated in VPN Client 3.0.2.
!
Private Mode is fully removed; deployments still on Private Mode cannot upgrade in place and must be rebuilt as Flexible Gateway deployments.
!
Controller UI features formerly managed in the Controller UI are now managed exclusively from CoPilot; onboarding flows for new and existing deployments now route through CoPilot.
Aviatrix 10.1.0 adds FIPS 140-3FIPS 140-3A US federal standard, maintained by NIST, that defines requirements for cryptographic modules used in government systems. Cyber tools target it to satisfy procurement mandates requiring validated crypto.IPsecIPsecA suite of IETF protocols that authenticate and encrypt IP packets at the network layer, giving cyber tools a standards-based way to build VPNs or secure host-to-host tunnels without modifying applications., end-to-end VRFVRFA Virtual Routing and Forwarding instance is a router feature that maintains multiple independent routing tables on one device, letting a cyber tool isolate traffic flows or simulate separate network segments without extra hardware. multi-tenancy, DCF East-West L7 inspection, Premium IPS feeds, and Flexible Gateway Deployment.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Enable DCF intra-cluster policy enforcement on an EKSEKSAmazon's managed Kubernetes service, run by AWS, that handles control-plane provisioning so teams can deploy containerized workloads without operating the underlying cluster infrastructure themselves. cluster so that Distributed Cloud Firewall controls all east-west pod traffic via existing CNI NetworkPolicyNetworkPolicyA Kubernetes API object that defines which pods may send or receive traffic, enforced by the cluster's CNI plugin to give cyber tools namespace-level network segmentation without host firewall rules. support.
📍In CoPilot, go to Security › Distributed Cloud Firewall › Settings › Intra-Cluster, select the target EKS cluster, and enable enforcement.
Activate the Premium ET Pro IPSIPSAn intrusion prevention system, inspecting activity and blocking traffic or actions that match its security rules. It adds active enforcement to detection. rule feed so that matched traffic is handled according to your active IPS Profile severity thresholds, without replacing any custom Suricata rules you have uploaded.
📍In CoPilot, go to Security › Distributed Cloud Firewall › IPS › Rule Feeds; the ET Pro feed is listed as the default entry — confirm it is enabled, then verify or adjust severity thresholds in your active IPS Profile.
Resize a single gateway instance without touching HA peers or changing the group default size, useful when one instance needs more capacity after a traffic spike.
📍In CoPilot, go to Cloud Fabric › Gateways › (transit or spoke) › gateway group › Instances tab, select the individual instance, and choose a new size.
Adds Security > Distributed Cloud Firewall > IPS > Rule Feeds (labeled ET Pro in CoPilot) as a Premium IPS feed applied alongside custom Suricata rulesets, with traffic actions governed by severity thresholds in the active IPS Profile.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds DCF intra-cluster enforcement for EKS, enabled per-cluster from CoPilot under Security > Distributed Cloud Firewall > Settings > Intra-Cluster, supporting Calico, Cilium, Antrea, AWS VPCVPCA logically isolated virtual network inside a public cloud provider's infrastructure, letting tools deploy resources with private addressing, controlled routing, and firewall rules without managing physical hardware. CNI (v1.14+), Weave Net, and Canal.
Adds VRF for multi-tenancy (end-to-end propagation) across transit-to-transit peering, BGPBGPA routing protocol that lets autonomous systems on the internet exchange reachability information, determining how traffic flows between networks. Cyber tools use it to monitor route hijacks or inject sinkholes.-spoke-to-transit peering, and intra-group backup links; enabled by a Controller feature flag (off by default) plus per-attachment opt-in, supporting up to 200 network domains.
Adds Flexible Gateway Deployment (private subnet, no public IP), enabled per gateway group at creation time on AWS (including GovCloud) and Azure, via CoPilot and Terraform.
Adds FIPSFIPSA set of US federal standards published by NIST that define approved cryptographic algorithms and modules; cyber tools use it to meet compliance requirements in government and regulated environments. 140-3 validated IPsec data plane as a separate FIPS-validated gateway build; existing gateways must be replaced (not toggled) to enter FIPS mode.
+16 moreshow less
Adds DCF East-West Layer 7 inspection for AWS, with symmetric routing enabled per spoke group in CoPilot or Terraform, also reducing cross-AZ data transfer cost and latency.
Adds DCF Spoke Local Breakout, recording the egress path taken in every DCF log entry; requires Single IP SNAT (or customized SNAT), the 10.1 gateway image, and a supported instance size on Aviatrix Transit (FireNet) and AWS TGW centralized topologies.
Adds DCF Quick Time-to-Value dashboard with a system-defined, Aviatrix-managed read-only threat intelligence ruleset (defaults to Watch Mode) and ten Recommended Security Control cards covering ToR traffic, sanctioned-country traffic, cleartext legacy protocols, cryptomining pools, and outbound proxy/relay; requires Controller 8.2+ and CoPilot 4.37.
Promotes Kubernetes Discovery and SmartGroups to general availability, enabling DCF rules to enforce policy across both Kubernetes Pods/Services and VM workloads.
Promotes DCF CSPCSPContent Security Policy: a browser security mechanism, standardized by the W3C, that lets a web server declare which sources of scripts, styles, and other resources a page may load, blocking injection attacks. Exclusion List to general availability.
Adds Universal Installer for the Aviatrix OpenVPN Client.
Adds independent gateway instance sizing, allowing a single instance to be resized from CoPilot at Cloud Fabric > Gateways > (transit or spoke) > gateway group > Instances tab without affecting HA or the group default size; surfaces Multiple Sizes label when a group has diverged.
Adds Azure v6 instance support for gateways on Controller 10.1.0 and later.
Adds AZ Affinity Across Transit, enabled per peering (disabled by default) on AWS same-region HPE peerings.
Adds opt-in AWS inter-region jumbo frame support for transit peering (AWS only, excluding partitions such as AWS GovCloud that do not support jumbo frames).
Adds GCP Global VPC Regional Spoke Egress (Phase 2), letting operators choose which regions egress locally vs. through FireNet, with both modes coexisting in the same Global VPC; CoPilot Egress page now shows Global VPCsVPCsVirtual Private Clouds — isolated, software-defined network environments inside a public cloud provider such as AWS, Azure, or GCP — give cyber tools a controlled network boundary with configurable routing, subnets, and access rules. in a nested tree displaying each region's egress mode.
Adds SNAT and HPE support on Azure spokes with subnet groups for both HPE and non-HPE deployments, configurable via the existing Controller API/CLI or Terraform.
Adds AKSAKSAzure Kubernetes Service, Microsoft's managed Kubernetes offering, which lets cyber tools offload cluster provisioning and scaling to Azure so engineers focus on workload logic instead of control-plane operations. onboarding with Microsoft Entra IDEntra IDMicrosoft's cloud-based identity and access management service, formerly Azure Active Directory, used by cyber tools to authenticate users and enforce access policies in Microsoft 365 and Azure environments., with Controller auto-detecting the Entra ID setting on the AKS cluster.
Adds DCF for Private Kubernetes Clusters (Preview), enabled per cluster in CoPilot or Terraform, supporting EKS, AKS, and GKEGKEGoogle Kubernetes Engine, Google's managed Kubernetes service, which lets cyber tools run containerized workloads without managing the underlying cluster infrastructure.; requires an Aviatrix spoke gateway in the same VPC with a security-group rule allowing TCPTCPA network protocol that delivers a reliable, ordered stream of bytes between two endpoints. It detects lost data and retransmits it. port 443 to the Kubernetes API server.
Adds Make Before Break Gateway Replacement (Preview), preserving the gateway's external IP through cut-over so partners and firewalls need no reconfiguration, with automatic eligibility checking per gateway.
Adds Smart Gateways Phase 3 (Preview) covering transit gateways, Edge as Spoke, Edge as Transit, and BGP spoke gateways, controlled by three tiered feature flags (fabric-wide kill switch, per-group underlay flag, per-group route-resolver flag) all off by default.
Adds Security > Distributed Cloud Firewall > IPS > Rule Feeds (labeled ET Pro in CoPilot) as a Premium IPS feed applied alongside custom Suricata rulesets, with traffic actions governed by severity thresholds in the active IPS Profile.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds DCF intra-cluster enforcement for EKS, enabled per-cluster from CoPilot under Security > Distributed Cloud Firewall > Settings > Intra-Cluster, supporting Calico, Cilium, Antrea, AWS VPCVPCA logically isolated virtual network inside a public cloud provider's infrastructure, letting tools deploy resources with private addressing, controlled routing, and firewall rules without managing physical hardware. CNI (v1.14+), Weave Net, and Canal.
Adds VRF for multi-tenancy (end-to-end propagation) across transit-to-transit peering, BGPBGPA routing protocol that lets autonomous systems on the internet exchange reachability information, determining how traffic flows between networks. Cyber tools use it to monitor route hijacks or inject sinkholes.-spoke-to-transit peering, and intra-group backup links; enabled by a Controller feature flag (off by default) plus per-attachment opt-in, supporting up to 200 network domains.
Adds Flexible Gateway Deployment (private subnet, no public IP), enabled per gateway group at creation time on AWS (including GovCloud) and Azure, via CoPilot and Terraform.
Adds FIPSFIPSA set of US federal standards published by NIST that define approved cryptographic algorithms and modules; cyber tools use it to meet compliance requirements in government and regulated environments. 140-3 validated IPsec data plane as a separate FIPS-validated gateway build; existing gateways must be replaced (not toggled) to enter FIPS mode.
+13 moreshow less
Adds DCF East-West Layer 7 inspection for AWS, with symmetric routing enabled per spoke group in CoPilot or Terraform, also reducing cross-AZ data transfer cost and latency.
Adds DCF Spoke Local Breakout, recording the egress path taken in every DCF log entry; requires Single IP SNAT (or customized SNAT), the 10.1 gateway image, and a supported instance size on Aviatrix Transit (FireNet) and AWS TGW centralized topologies.
Adds DCF Quick Time-to-Value dashboard with a system-defined, Aviatrix-managed read-only threat intelligence ruleset (defaults to Watch Mode) and ten Recommended Security Control cards covering ToR traffic, sanctioned-country traffic, cleartext legacy protocols, cryptomining pools, and outbound proxy/relay; requires Controller 8.2+ and CoPilot 4.37.
Promotes Kubernetes Discovery and SmartGroups to general availability, enabling DCF rules to enforce policy across both Kubernetes Pods/Services and VM workloads.
Promotes DCF CSPCSPContent Security Policy: a browser security mechanism, standardized by the W3C, that lets a web server declare which sources of scripts, styles, and other resources a page may load, blocking injection attacks. Exclusion List to general availability.
Adds Universal Installer for the Aviatrix OpenVPN Client.
Adds independent gateway instance sizing, allowing a single instance to be resized from CoPilot at Cloud Fabric > Gateways > (transit or spoke) > gateway group > Instances tab without affecting HA or the group default size; surfaces Multiple Sizes label when a group has diverged.
Adds Azure v6 instance support for gateways on Controller 10.1.0 and later.
Adds AZ Affinity Across Transit, enabled per peering (disabled by default) on AWS same-region HPE peerings.
Adds opt-in AWS inter-region jumbo frame support for transit peering (AWS only, excluding partitions such as AWS GovCloud that do not support jumbo frames).
Adds DCF for Private Kubernetes Clusters (Preview), enabled per cluster in CoPilot or Terraform, supporting EKS, AKS, and GKEGKEGoogle Kubernetes Engine, Google's managed Kubernetes service, which lets cyber tools run containerized workloads without managing the underlying cluster infrastructure.; requires an Aviatrix spoke gateway in the same VPC with a security-group rule allowing TCPTCPA network protocol that delivers a reliable, ordered stream of bytes between two endpoints. It detects lost data and retransmits it. port 443 to the Kubernetes API server.
Adds Make Before Break Gateway Replacement (Preview), preserving the gateway's external IP through cut-over so partners and firewalls need no reconfiguration, with automatic eligibility checking per gateway.
Adds Smart Gateways Phase 3 (Preview) covering transit gateways, Edge as Spoke, Edge as Transit, and BGP spoke gateways, controlled by three tiered feature flags (fabric-wide kill switch, per-group underlay flag, per-group route-resolver flag) all off by default.
3 more in Everything
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
!Private Mode is fully removed; deployments still on Private Mode cannot upgrade in place and must be rebuilt as Flexible Gateway deployments.
!Controller UI features formerly managed in the Controller UI are now managed exclusively from CoPilot; onboarding flows for new and existing deployments now route through CoPilot.
Fastly's edge cloud platform delivers faster, safer, and more scalable sites and apps to customers. Elevate your edge CDN, video delivery, security, and more.
Fastly's window centered on expanded DDoSDDoSDistributed Denial of Service: an attack that floods a target system with traffic from many sources simultaneously, exhausting its resources so legitimate requests cannot be served. protection observability and TerraformTerraformAn open-source infrastructure-as-code tool by HashiCorp that provisions cloud and on-premises resources through declarative configuration files, letting cyber tools automate and version-control their deployment environments. provider updates, adding ten new challenge metrics to its analytics APIs and new Terraform resources for AI Runtime Control and DDoS client challenges.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
2 FEATURES0 OF 2 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
DDoS protection challenge metrics in analytics APIsnew60how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability10/3060 / 100
Adds ten new DDoS protection challenge metrics to the Historical Stats API and Real-Time Analytics API, covering challenge and token creation, validation outcomes, and Private Access Token (PATPATA personal access token, a credential used by scripts and integrations instead of a user's password. Its permissions and expiry depend on the service issuing it.) challenges issued during DDoS protection rule enforcement.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
— Names two APIs and metric categories but not exact metric namesAdd DDoS protection challenge metrics to His…
thinner coverage below
0200
New Terraform provider resources for AI Runtime Control and DDoS challenge modenew55how completely this was documenteddepth15/40specificity20/30actionability20/3055 / 100
Fastly Terraform Provider 9.7.0 adds AI Runtime Control resources and support for client_challenge mode in the product_enablement/ddos_protection resource.
Fastly Terraform Provider 9.7.0 adds AI Runtime Control resources and client_challengeDDoSDDoSDistributed Denial of Service: an attack that floods a target system with traffic from many sources simultaneously, exhausting its resources so legitimate requests cannot be served. protection mode.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Rspamd 4.2.0 replaces its per-class symbol schedulers with a single dependency-ordered execution plan and rewrites TLDTLDThe rightmost label in a domain name (e.g., .com, .gov, .uk), maintained by IANA's root zone. Cyber tools filter or pivot on TLDs to scope scans, flag suspicious registrations, or classify traffic by geography or type./public-suffix resolution away from hyperscanhyperscanA regex-matching library from Intel, optimized to run many patterns simultaneously against network traffic using SIMD CPU instructions, giving cyber tools high-throughput pattern scanning at wire speed. matching, while adding bounded content extraction for SVG, OOXMLOOXMLAn ISO-standardized file format family for Office documents (Word, Excel, PowerPoint), maintained by Microsoft, that stores content as XML inside a ZIP archive, giving cyber tools a parseable, scriptable structure for document analysis. and DOCX attachments, a reworked fuzzy-storage counting and health-monitoring pipeline, and hard limits on parsing untrusted UCL/JSON/msgpackmsgpackA binary serialization format that encodes JSON-like data structures into a compact byte representation, making it faster to parse and smaller to transmit than JSON over a network or IPC channel. input.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
14 FEATURES5 OF 14 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
Fuzzy storage counting, tracking and health monitoringimproved92how completely this was documenteddepth34/40specificity30/30actionability28/3092 / 100
Adds a count_scan section to the fuzzy worker config with tunable pass interval (default 4 hours), SCAN COUNT (default 1000), and duty cycle (default 10%), replacing the broken <prefix>_count Redis counter with a periodic SCAN-based keyspace walk; sampled statistics from this are configured via stats_sample and reported under <prefix>_stats, /fuzzystat, and rspamadm fuzzystat.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ Per-source IP tracking is restored via worker-level and per-key max_ips_per_key/max_ips (now lazy and off by default for the default key), with ips_inserted and ips_overflow fields, and a table exceeding eight times its eviction cap in an hour is dropped and flagged. Fuzzy storage key policy now applies after decryption so a valid customer key is no longer dropped by an IP ban, and health monitoring is added via fuzzy_check.ping_storage_all and the /plugins/fuzzy/status endpoint, with per-server liveness marks, down badges, and an on-demand Check button in the WebUI.
Restore per-IP fuzzy storage tracking for the default key and cap it at 1024 entries after the lazy-statistics change makes it opt-in.
ini
max_ips_per_key = 1024;
Query the live health of all configured fuzzy storages from the command line to verify reachability before a maintenance window.
Pull sampled fuzzy storage statistics — including per-source IP counts — to audit hash-count accuracy after migrating from the old counter-based approach.
$ rspamadm fuzzystat
Cap per-key source IP tracking in the fuzzy storage to limit memory use on high-traffic deployments.
— Names every config key, endpoint, and gives runnable commands.4.2.0
0201
Public suffix and TLD resolution rewritebreaking90how completely this was documenteddepth35/40specificity30/30actionability25/3090 / 100
Replaces the old multipattern/hyperscan TLD lookup with a longest-suffix hostname matcher against the effective TLDs file, honouring ! exception rules that were previously skipped. Exposed to Lua as rspamd_tld_lookup(), url:get_public_suffix() with match flags, and the get_public_suffix selector transform, supporting wildcards, exceptions, and ICANN/private splits. Two-pass URL discovery in free text now uses a static matcher plus dot-anchored suffix probing, eliminating the old 10,500-pattern hyperscan database (previously 1.3s to compile, 6.5MiB serialised); RBLRBLA DNS-based blocklist of IP addresses known to send spam or host malicious traffic, maintained by various operators, used by cyber tools to reject or flag connections from listed sources at lookup speed. URL composition maps are now matched via rspamd_tld_lookup instead of per-TLD regexp buckets. filter = "top" in multimap now returns the full public suffix (e.g. co.uk, com.au) instead of only the last label, and a host that is itself a public suffix resolves to the whole host — map files must be audited and updated before upgrading.
Audit multimap rules that use filter = 'top' before upgrading, to find map files that need bare multi-label labels replaced with full suffixes.
— Names Lua API, config impact, and gives audit/verify commands.4.2.0
0302
Single symbol execution schedulerbreaking85how completely this was documenteddepth32/40specificity28/30actionability25/3085 / 100
Replaces per-class symbol schedulers with one execution plan computed at cache initialisation, viewable via rspamadm configdump -d and rspamadm configdump -e, and introducing suppressed and skipped item states. Prefilters can now legitimately depend on filters, and invalid register_dependency() edges (e.g. a connfilter depending on a filter in the wrong stage) are rejected at configuration time instead of silently accepted; ignore_passthrough filters now apply correctly after a pre-result so task:set_pre_result() no longer skips the filters stage.
Inspect the new unified execution plan to verify symbol ordering and stage assignments after upgrading or adding custom rules.
$ rspamadm configdump -e
— Names commands, new states, and dependency-validation mechanism.product docs
0400
Bounded content extraction for SVG, OOXML and DOCXnew73how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity28/30actionability15/3073 / 100
Adds SVG attachment content extraction with smuggling-indicator symbols SVG_CONTENT, SVG_SCRIPT, SVG_FOREIGN_OBJECT, SVG_DATA_URI, SVG_FORM, controlled via a new lua_content { svg { ... } } config block for per-task budget and timeout. Adds XLSX/PPTX extraction in the bounded OOXML pipeline covering shared strings, worksheets, Excel 4.0 macrosheets, DrawingML, slide notes, and auto-executing Auto_Open defined names, surfaced as OOXML_MACROS, OOXML_OLE_OBJECT, OOXML_REMOTE_TEMPLATE, OOXML_EXTERNAL_DATA. Adds bounded DOCX extraction with the core rewritten in C++, flagging unprocessable attachments instead of silently ignoring them.
— Names every new symbol and the SVG config block.4.2.0
0503
Bounded parsing of untrusted UCL/JSON/msgpack inputbreaking70how completely this was documenteddepth28/40specificity27/30actionability15/3070 / 100
Adds ucl.untrusted_parser(), parser:set_limits(), and parser:get_limits() Lua APIs for bounded parsing of untrusted network replies, covering checkv3, controller, and proxy body parsers. Enforces depth 64, 1 million elements, 1KB keys, 16MB strings (individually overridable via max_string_length), and min(96*inlen+256KB, 64MB) of tree; requests exceeding these limits are now rejected rather than accepted.
— Names the API calls and exact numeric limits.4.2.0
thinner coverage below
0604
SPF permerror enforcement for duplicate recordsbreaking54how completely this was documenteddepth22/40specificity22/30actionability10/3054 / 100
Enforces RFC 7208 §4.5: domains publishing more than one v=spf1 record now return permerror instead of being evaluated on whichever record the resolver answered first, changing DMARC outcomes for affected mail. V=SPF1 now counts as an SPFSPFAn email authentication standard that lets a domain owner publish, via DNS, which mail servers are authorized to send on its behalf, so receiving servers can reject spoofed senders. record (case-insensitive per RFC), while v=spf10 no longer does.
— Names the RFC section and exact matching rule change.product docs
0700
WebUI status and Bayes panel improvementsimproved51how completely this was documenteddepth18/40specificity18/30actionability15/3051 / 100
The Status servers table gains three-state health, per-server details rows, load and latency columns, version and config drift indicators, a Writable badge, and an All SERVERS cluster row. The Bayes panel gains a learns balance bar and a min_learns status badge.
— Names specific UI elements but only a navigation path.4.2.0
0805
DKIM alignment scoringbreaking50how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity20/30actionability10/3050 / 100
Adds a dedicated R_DKIM_ALIGNED symbol (weight -0.1) that separately scores DKIMDKIMAn email authentication standard that lets a sending mail server cryptographically sign outgoing messages so receiving servers can verify the signature was not forged or tampered with in transit. signatures aligned with the author domain, decided in the DKIM module; R_DKIM_ALLOW weight is reduced from -0.2 to -0.1, so installations that tuned it must recalibrate both symbols together.
— Names both symbols and exact weight change.4.2.0
0900
ClickHouse schema upgrade to version 12improved48how completely this was documenteddepth18/40specificity22/30actionability8/3048 / 100
Upgrades the ClickHouse schema to version 12, adding bloom-filter data-skipping indexes (granularity 4) on MessageId, From, MimeFrom, IP, Urls.Tld, Attachments.Digest, and Subject for faster point lookups.
— Names schema version and all indexed columns.4.2.0
1000
HTML part injection from Luaimproved44how completely this was documenteddepth18/40specificity16/30actionability10/3044 / 100
Extends task:inject_part() to accept 'html' as a part type, routing injected content through the full HTML parser so it gets URL, feature, and CTA-link extraction like native HTML parts.
— Names the exact API call and new part-type value.4.2.0
1100
CSS compound selector and combinator supportnew43how completely this was documenteddepth15/40specificity20/30actionability8/3043 / 100
Adds CSS compound selector and combinator evaluation, supporting div.mainbox, div p, div > p, h1 + p, and h1 ~ p patterns.
— Lists exact selector patterns but no usage context.4.2.0
1200
redis_list pusher for metadata_exporternew30how completely this was documenteddepth8/40specificity14/30actionability8/3030 / 100
Adds redis_list pusher support to metadata_exporter.
— Single named surface, no further mechanism described.4.2.0
1300
lua_aliases mailbox identity classesnew27how completely this was documenteddepth10/40specificity12/30actionability5/3027 / 100
Adds lua_aliases mailbox identity and equivalent domain classes for comparing addresses.
— Bare name of module, no mechanism or usage given.4.2.0
1400
Upstream pinning for lua_redisimproved23how completely this was documenteddepth8/40specificity10/30actionability5/3023 / 100
Adds upstream pinning for lua_redis requests.
— One-line mention with no mechanism or scope.4.2.0
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
!
The single symbol scheduler replaces per-class schedulers; symbol dependency ordering and stage assignment change — a prefilter that previously pulled a filter into the prefilter stage now correctly executes after it, which may alter scan results on custom rule sets.
!
Public suffix lookup now honours ! exception rules that were previously skipped; a host that is itself a public suffix now resolves to the whole host rather than a shorter suffix, changing URL and RBL query behaviour.
!
Two-pass URL discovery replaces the hyperscan-based TLD multipattern database; URL detection results may differ from previous versions.
!
The multimaptop filter now returns the full public suffix (e.g. com.au) instead of only the last label (au); maps using this filter must be updated to list full suffixes before upgrading.
!
RBL URL composition maps are now matched by the new rspamd_tld_lookup rule set instead of per-TLD regexp buckets; wildcard and exception handling changes as described.
!
Fuzzy Redis hash counts are no longer maintained by the update script; the <prefix>_count key is no longer incremented/decremented on add/delete. Negative counters from older versions are reported as 0 until the first SCAN pass completes.
!
R_DKIM_ALLOW weight changes from -0.2 to -0.1; the new R_DKIM_ALIGNED symbol carries the other -0.1. Installations that tuned R_DKIM_ALLOW must revisit both symbols together.
!
filter = "top" in multimap now returns the full public suffix (e.g. co.uk) instead of the last label (uk); map files listing bare multi-label labels like au, uk, br, jp must be updated to the full suffixes they intend.
!
Domains publishing more than one v=spf1 record now receive permerror instead of a pass/fail; such mail also changes DMARC outcome. Audit and merge duplicate SPF records before upgrading.
!
V=SPF1 now counts as an SPF record (case-insensitive match per RFC), and v=spf10 no longer counts as one.
!
R_DKIM_ALLOW score changes from -0.2 to -0.1; rules or thresholds tuned around the old score must be recalibrated (add R_DKIM_ALIGNED at -0.1 to restore the original total for aligned mail).
!
Invalid rspamd_config:register_dependency() edges (e.g. a connfilter or prefilter depending on a filter in the wrong stage) are now rejected at configuration time and dropped, rather than being silently accepted.
!
Fuzzy hash count resets to 0 after upgrade and remains 0 until the first count_scan SCAN pass completes (up to 4 hours by default); monitoring thresholds on <prefix>_count must be re-baselined.
!
Per-source fuzzy statistics are now off by default for the default key; operators relying on per-IP tracking for the default key must set max_ips_per_key and add an explicit max_ips extension in the keys file.
!
UCL untrusted parsing now rejects request bodies with strings exceeding 16 MB or nesting deeper than 64 levels; checkv3, controller, and proxy requests previously accepted with such payloads are now rejected.
!
Fuzzy storage IP bans no longer block clients holding a valid customer key; operators who used IP bans to cut off such clients must revoke or expire the key itself instead.
!
TLD resolution now honours PSL ! exception rules and resolves a host that is itself a public suffix to the whole host; domain allowlist/blocklist entries keyed on eSLD under an exception rule may match a different key after upgrade.
!
Maps used with the top filter in multimap must now list full suffixes (e.g. com.au instead of au) — the old TLD table is replaced by the public suffix lookup.
!
The 10.5k-pattern TLD hyperscan database is removed from the scanner; free-text URL discovery now runs two passes (static matcher plus dot-anchored suffix labels) via the public suffix list.
!
RBL URL composition maps and host TLD resolution now go through the public suffix lookup; ! exception rules are honoured and a host that is itself a public suffix resolves to the whole host.
!
Fuzzy Redis hash counts are now derived from a periodic SCAN instead of the counter maintained by the update script; negative counters left by older versions are reported as 0.
!
R_DKIM_ALLOW weight changes from -0.2 to -0.1; alignment credit moves to the new R_DKIM_ALIGNED symbol.
Rspamd 4.2.0 adds SVG/OOXMLOOXMLAn ISO-standardized file format family for Office documents (Word, Excel, PowerPoint), maintained by Microsoft, that stores content as XML inside a ZIP archive, giving cyber tools a parseable, scriptable structure for document analysis. content extraction, public suffix Lua API, fuzzy storage health UI, and untrusted UCL parsing limits.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch 4.2.0 https://github.com/rspamd/rspamd.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:$ git checkout 4.2.0
└──▷ TRY IT
Query the live health of all configured fuzzy storages from the command line to verify reachability before a maintenance window.
Pull sampled fuzzy storage statistics — including per-source IP counts — to audit hash-count accuracy after migrating from the old counter-based approach.
$ rspamadm fuzzystat
Cap per-key source IP tracking in the fuzzy storage to limit memory use on high-traffic deployments.
Exposes public suffix list semantics to Lua as rspamd_tld_lookup(), url:get_public_suffix() with match flags, and the get_public_suffix selector transform, supporting wildcards, exceptions, and ICANN/private splits.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds ucl.untrusted_parser(), parser:set_limits(), and parser:get_limits() Lua API calls for bounded parsing of untrusted UCL/JSON/msgpack network input (controller and proxy bodies, checkv3 metadata).
Adds fuzzy storage health monitoring via fuzzy_check.ping_storage_all and the /plugins/fuzzy/status API endpoint, with per-server liveness marks, down badges, and an on-demand Check button in the WebUI.
Reports sampled fuzzy storage statistics from count scans (count_scan.stats_sample) in /fuzzystat and via rspamadm fuzzystat, with configurable per-source IP caps (max_ips_per_key, per-key max_ips).
Extracts SVG attachment content and smuggling indicators as new symbols: SVG_CONTENT, SVG_SCRIPT, SVG_FOREIGN_OBJECT, SVG_DATA_URI, SVG_FORM.
+10 moreshow less
Extracts XLSX and PPTX relationship-level facts as new symbols: OOXML_MACROS, OOXML_OLE_OBJECT, OOXML_REMOTE_TEMPLATE, OOXML_EXTERNAL_DATA.
Adds DKIMDKIMAn email authentication standard that lets a sending mail server cryptographically sign outgoing messages so receiving servers can verify the signature was not forged or tampered with in transit. From-alignment reporting as a dedicated R_DKIM_ALIGNED symbol, decided in the DKIM module.
Adds redis_list pusher support to metadata_exporter.
Adds CSS compound selector and combinator evaluation, supporting div.mainbox, div p, div > p, h1 + p, and h1 ~ p patterns.
Adds lua_aliases mailbox identity and equivalent domain classes for comparing addresses.
Adds ClickHouse data-skipping indexes for point lookups at schema version 12.
Adds upstream pinning for lua_redis requests.
Enables HTML parts to be injected from Lua so decoded payloads pass through the regular HTML parser.
WebUI Status servers table gains three-state health, per-server details rows, load and latency columns, version and config drift indicators, a Writable badge, and an All SERVERS cluster row.
WebUI Bayes panel gains a learns balance bar and a min_learns status badge.
Exposes public suffix list semantics to Lua as rspamd_tld_lookup(), url:get_public_suffix() with match flags, and the get_public_suffix selector transform, supporting wildcards, exceptions, and ICANN/private splits.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds ucl.untrusted_parser(), parser:set_limits(), and parser:get_limits() Lua API calls for bounded parsing of untrusted UCL/JSON/msgpack network input (controller and proxy bodies, checkv3 metadata).
Adds fuzzy storage health monitoring via fuzzy_check.ping_storage_all and the /plugins/fuzzy/status API endpoint, with per-server liveness marks, down badges, and an on-demand Check button in the WebUI.
Extracts SVG attachment content and smuggling indicators as new symbols: SVG_CONTENT, SVG_SCRIPT, SVG_FOREIGN_OBJECT, SVG_DATA_URI, SVG_FORM.
Extracts XLSX and PPTX relationship-level facts as new symbols: OOXML_MACROS, OOXML_OLE_OBJECT, OOXML_REMOTE_TEMPLATE, OOXML_EXTERNAL_DATA.
+6 moreshow less
Adds DKIMDKIMAn email authentication standard that lets a sending mail server cryptographically sign outgoing messages so receiving servers can verify the signature was not forged or tampered with in transit. From-alignment reporting as a dedicated R_DKIM_ALIGNED symbol, decided in the DKIM module.
Adds redis_list pusher support to metadata_exporter.
Adds CSS compound selector and combinator evaluation, supporting div.mainbox, div p, div > p, h1 + p, and h1 ~ p patterns.
Adds lua_aliases mailbox identity and equivalent domain classes for comparing addresses.
Adds upstream pinning for lua_redis requests.
Enables HTML parts to be injected from Lua so decoded payloads pass through the regular HTML parser.
4 more in Everything
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
!Maps used with the top filter in multimap must now list full suffixes (e.g. com.au instead of au) — the old TLDTLDThe rightmost label in a domain name (e.g., .com, .gov, .uk), maintained by IANA's root zone. Cyber tools filter or pivot on TLDs to scope scans, flag suspicious registrations, or classify traffic by geography or type. table is replaced by the public suffix lookup.
!The 10.5k-pattern TLD hyperscan database is removed from the scanner; free-text URL discovery now runs two passes (static matcher plus dot-anchored suffix labels) via the public suffix list.
!RBLRBLA DNS-based blocklist of IP addresses known to send spam or host malicious traffic, maintained by various operators, used by cyber tools to reject or flag connections from listed sources at lookup speed. URL composition maps and host TLD resolution now go through the public suffix lookup; ! exception rules are honoured and a host that is itself a public suffix resolves to the whole host.
!Fuzzy Redis hash counts are now derived from a periodic SCAN instead of the counter maintained by the update script; negative counters left by older versions are reported as 0.
!R_DKIM_ALLOW weight changes from -0.2 to -0.1; alignment credit moves to the new R_DKIM_ALIGNED symbol.
Grype added a config option to reveal vulnerability matches that its matchers had internally suppressed, such as distro-fixed and known false-positive records.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
A vulnerability scanner for container images and filesystems
Grype added a config option to reveal vulnerability matches that its matchers had internally suppressed, such as distro-fixed and known false-positive records.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
1 FEATURE0 OF 1 FEATUREmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
Visibility into matcher-suppressed matchesnew86how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity28/30actionability28/3086 / 100
A new include-matcher-suppressions config key (yaml: include-matcher-suppressions) exposes matches that matchers internally dropped — including distro-fixed and built-in false-positive records — in the ignoredMatches output, so they become visible when using --show-suppressed.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Permanently enable suppressed-matcher match visibility in your Grype config so every scan includes distro-fixed dropped matches in its ignored output.
Adds include-matcher-suppressions config key (yaml: include-matcher-suppressions) to expose matches internally dropped by matchers — such as distro-fixed and built-in false-positive records — in the ignoredMatches output, making them visible when --show-suppressed is used.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
CLI tool and library for generating a Software Bill of Materials from container images and filesystems
Syft v1.52.0 adds a passthrough-exact-format output option that returns matching syft-json input unchanged, avoiding unnecessary re-encoding.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
1 FEATURE0 OF 1 FEATUREmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
passthrough-exact-format output formatnew70how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability20/3070 / 100
A new passthrough-exact-format output format copies a matching syft-json input document to output byte-for-byte without re-encoding.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
— Names exact flag and behavior but no usage example givenv1.52.0
Wiz Defend is a cloud security platform that identifies and remediates vulnerabilities and misconfigurations across cloud environments.
Wiz Defend added a native integration with Google Security Operations, letting analysts install a one-click Content Pack that brings Wiz's AI threat analysis and case data directly into Google's SOCSOCA security operations center, the team or function that monitors threats, investigates alerts and coordinates incident response. Its work can be internal, outsourced or shared. workflow.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
1 FEATURE0 OF 1 FEATUREmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
Google Security Operations integration via Wiz Content Packnew73how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity25/30actionability18/3073 / 100
Wiz Defend now ships a single-click install Content Pack for Google Security Operations that provides out-of-the-box rules, dashboards, search queries, playbooks, and response policies.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ Playbooks automatically fetch and display Wiz Blue Agent AI-powered threat analysis directly inside Google Security Operations cases, and a bidirectional real-time sync keeps status, severity, and comments consistent between Wiz Defend threats and Google Security Operations cases.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ A shared data model across both platforms lets analysts investigate Wiz threats directly within Google Security Operations.
— Explains mechanism and named components, but no config keys or API endpoints given.2026-09-15-39a74171
Wiz Defend integrates with Google Security Operations via a Content Pack, bringing Blue Agent analysis, shared data model, and bidirectional sync.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds the Wiz Content Pack for Google Security Operations, providing out-of-the-box rules, dashboards, search queries, playbooks, and response policies in a single-click install.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds playbooks in Google Security Operations to automatically fetch and display Wiz Blue Agent AI-powered threat analysis directly in Google Security Operations cases.
Adds bidirectional real-time sync of status, severity, and comments between Wiz Defend threats and Google Security Operations cases.
Enables analysts to investigate Wiz threats directly within Google Security Operations via a shared data model across both platforms.
Feedly Threat Intelligence added a one-click pivot from IP indicators of compromiseindicators of compromiseAn indicator of compromise, an observable clue that may point to malicious activity, such as a suspicious file hash or domain. It is evidence to investigate, rather than proof by itself. directly into live Censys host data, without requiring a separate Censys account.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Collect, analyze, share actionable intel faster - Feedly TI
Feedly Threat Intelligence added a one-click pivot from IP indicators of compromiseindicators of compromiseAn indicator of compromise, an observable clue that may point to malicious activity, such as a suspicious file hash or domain. It is evidence to investigate, rather than proof by itself. directly into live Censys host data, without requiring a separate Censys account.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
1 FEATURE1 OF 1 FEATUREmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0101
Censys pivot from IP IoCsnew85how completely this was documenteddepth35/40specificity28/30actionability22/3085 / 100
An Open in Censys button on IoCIoCAn indicator of compromise, an observable clue that may point to malicious activity, such as a suspicious file hash or domain. It is evidence to investigate, rather than proof by itself. Insights Cards lets analysts jump from a flagged IP directly to its live Censys host record, showing open ports, running services, TLS certificates, ASNASNAutonomous System Number — a globally unique identifier assigned by regional internet registries to a network operator, letting routing protocols distinguish which organization controls a block of IP addresses., hosting provider, and a CVEs tab with CVSSCVSSCommon Vulnerability Scoring System, a method for describing a vulnerability's characteristics and severity. Its score is not the probability that attackers will exploit it. scores and KEVKEVCISA's Known Exploited Vulnerabilities catalog, a list of vulnerabilities with evidence of exploitation in real attacks. It helps teams prioritize fixes for problems attackers already use. membership — no Censys account required.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ The same Open in Censys pivot was extended to the IoC table on Threat Actor and Malware Insights Cards, so analysts can pivot from any IP row across a full IoC list without opening each card individually, including a Network and Routing panel with ASN, Organization, Routing Prefix, and WHOIS data.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Verify whether a flagged IP is still live and enumerate its exposed services before blocking, to avoid false positives against reassigned addresses.
📍In an IoC Insights Card for an IP indicator, click Open in Censys to view the host record — including open ports, running services, TLS certificates, ASN, and the CVEs tab with CVSS scores and KEV membership.
Pivot across all IoCs attributed to a threat actor at once to identify shared infrastructure without drilling into each indicator card individually.
📍Open a Threat Actor Insights Card, scroll to the IoC table, and click Open in Censys on any IP row to pivot directly to that host's Censys record — including the Network and Routing panel for ASN, Organization, Routing Prefix, and WHOIS data.
Validate whether a reported IP is still live and check for shared infrastructure before actioning a block.
📍In Feedly Threat Intelligence, open an IoC Insights Card for any IP indicator, then click Open in Censys to view the live host record, open ports, TLS certificates, and certificate-sharing peers in Censys — no Censys account required.
Pivot across all IoCs attributed to a threat actor without opening individual cards, useful when triaging a batch of infrastructure indicators.
📍In Feedly Threat Intelligence, open a Threat Actor Insights Card, scroll to the IoC table, and click Open in Censys on any IP row to jump directly to that host's Censys record.
Feedly IoCIoCAn indicator of compromise, an observable clue that may point to malicious activity, such as a suspicious file hash or domain. It is evidence to investigate, rather than proof by itself. Insights Cards now link directly to Censys host data for one-click IP pivot without leaving the platform.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Validate whether a reported IP is still live and check for shared infrastructure before actioning a block.
📍In Feedly Threat Intelligence, open an IoC Insights Card for any IP indicator, then click Open in Censys to view the live host record, open ports, TLS certificates, and certificate-sharing peers in Censys — no Censys account required.
Pivot across all IoCs attributed to a threat actor without opening individual cards, useful when triaging a batch of infrastructure indicators.
📍In Feedly Threat Intelligence, open a Threat Actor Insights Card, scroll to the IoC table, and click Open in Censys on any IP row to jump directly to that host's Censys record.
Adds an Open in Censys button to IoC Insights Cards, enabling one-click pivot from a flagged IP to live Censys host data including open ports, running services, TLS certificates, ASNASNAutonomous System Number — a globally unique identifier assigned by regional internet registries to a network operator, letting routing protocols distinguish which organization controls a block of IP addresses., and hosting provider.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Extends the Open in Censys pivot to the IoC table on Threat Actor and Malware Insights Cards, so analysts can pivot from a full IoC list without opening each individual card.
Adds an Open in Censys button to IoC Insights Cards, enabling one-click pivot from a flagged IP to live Censys host data including open ports, running services, TLS certificates, ASNASNAutonomous System Number — a globally unique identifier assigned by regional internet registries to a network operator, letting routing protocols distinguish which organization controls a block of IP addresses., and hosting provider.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
OpenCTI 7.260917.0 adds multi-source OpenAEV security coverage analysis, SSVCSSVCA decision-support framework for vulnerability prioritization, maintained by CISA and Carnegie Mellon's CERT/CC, that uses stakeholder-specific decision trees to guide patch and remediation timing instead of relying on numeric scores alone.-based vulnerability risk prioritization, a full user-merge framework, and simplified direct-to-PDF Fintel export, alongside new lock-contention telemetry and workflow publish actions.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
6 FEATURES1 OF 6 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0101
User-merge framework with dry-run and RBAC mergingnew75how completely this was documenteddepth35/40specificity25/30actionability15/3075 / 100
Introduces a user-merge framework supporting dry-run/run modes, a handler registry, scalar user reference rewriting, RBACRBACRole-based access control, where permissions are assigned to roles such as reader or administrator and users receive those roles. It makes access easier to manage than individual permission lists. rights merging, and union/strict merge options.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
— Names modes and mechanisms but no exact command syntax7.260917.0
thinner coverage below
0200
Direct HTML-to-PDF Fintel exportimproved50how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity15/30actionability10/3050 / 100
Simplifies Fintel export by generating PDF directly from HTML without an intermediate step, streamlining intelligence report delivery.
— Explains before/after but no endpoint or UI path named7.260917.0
0300
SSVC risk-based prioritization for vulnerabilitiesnew45how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity15/30actionability10/3045 / 100
Lands SSVC risk-based prioritization metrics for vulnerabilities behind a feature flag, introducing exploit-driven risk scoring to the vulnerability workflow.
— Feature-flagged; no flag name or scoring detail given7.260917.0
0400
Workflow publish actions for Status objectsnew45how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity15/30actionability10/3045 / 100
Adds workflow publish actions that create and resolve Status objects on state transitions.
— Names Status objects but no config or UI path given7.260917.0
0500
Multi-OpenAEV security coverage resultsnew40how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity15/30actionability5/3040 / 100
OpenCTI 7.260917.0 adds multi-OpenAEV security coverage, SSVCSSVCA decision-support framework for vulnerability prioritization, maintained by CISA and Carnegie Mellon's CERT/CC, that uses stakeholder-specific decision trees to guide patch and remediation timing instead of relying on numeric scores alone. vulnerability prioritization, user-merge framework, and direct Fintel PDF export.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch 7.260917.0 https://github.com/OpenCTI-Platform/opencti.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:$ git checkout 7.260917.0
Lands SSVC risk-based prioritization metrics for vulnerabilities behind a feature flag, introducing exploit-driven risk scoring to the vulnerability workflow.
Introduces a user-merge framework with dry-run/run modes, a handler registry, scalar user reference rewriting, RBACRBACRole-based access control, where permissions are assigned to roles such as reader or administrator and users receive those roles. It makes access easier to manage than individual permission lists. rights merging, and union/strict merge options.
Simplifies Fintel export by generating PDF directly from HTML without an intermediate step, streamlining intelligence report delivery.
Exposes lock acquisition wait and contention metrics via telemetry to surface backend lock pressure.
+1 moreshow less
Adds workflow publish actions that create and resolve Status objects on state transitions.
Lands SSVC risk-based prioritization metrics for vulnerabilities behind a feature flag, introducing exploit-driven risk scoring to the vulnerability workflow.
Introduces a user-merge framework with dry-run/run modes, a handler registry, scalar user reference rewriting, RBACRBACRole-based access control, where permissions are assigned to roles such as reader or administrator and users receive those roles. It makes access easier to manage than individual permission lists. rights merging, and union/strict merge options.
Exposes lock acquisition wait and contention metrics via telemetry to surface backend lock pressure.
Malanta launched an Attribution connector for OpenCTI that turns flat apt: indicator labels into pivotable Intrusion Set relationships, alongside a backfill script and a native STIX/TAXIISTIX/TAXIISTIX is an OASIS-maintained JSON schema for expressing threat intelligence objects; TAXII is the companion HTTP protocol for exchanging them, giving cyber tools a vendor-neutral way to share indicators and threat data. feed integration.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Malanta launched an Attribution connector for OpenCTI that turns flat apt: indicator labels into pivotable Intrusion Set relationships, alongside a backfill script and a native STIX/TAXIISTIX/TAXIISTIX is an OASIS-maintained JSON schema for expressing threat intelligence objects; TAXII is the companion HTTP protocol for exchanging them, giving cyber tools a vendor-neutral way to share indicators and threat data. feed integration.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
3 FEATURES0 OF 3 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
STIX/TAXII 2.1 feed via built-in OpenCTI ingesternew90how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability30/3090 / 100
Malanta's feed can be configured through OpenCTI's built-in ingester as STIX 2.1STIX 2.1A JSON-based open standard maintained by OASIS for representing threat intelligence objects and relationships, letting cyber tools exchange indicators, actors, and TTPs in a common machine-readable format. / TAXII 2.1TAXII 2.1An OASIS-standard HTTP-based protocol for exchanging cyber threat intelligence, letting cyber tools publish and subscribe to structured threat data across organizations without custom integration work. at server URL https://app.malanta.ai/feeds/taxii2/default, collection pre-attack-indicators, using Bearer tokenBearer tokenA credential that grants access to whoever presents it, without a separate proof of possession. Protecting the token matters because a stolen copy can be used by someone else. (Malanta API key) authentication — no custom bulk-import connector required.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Wire the Malanta pre-attack feed into OpenCTI's built-in TAXII ingester so indicators arrive as STIX 2.1 objects without a custom import connector.
Malanta Attribution stream connector for OpenCTInew73how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity28/30actionability15/3073 / 100
A new Malanta Attribution stream connector, listed in the Filigran OpenCTI Integrations Library, listens to OpenCTI's live event stream and creates Intrusion Set entities plus indicates relationships for every Malanta indicator carrying an apt: label (e.g. apt:APT44, apt:APT38). Infrastructure cluster entities are preserved exactly as ingested rather than rewritten into single-actor Intrusion Set objects, keeping multi-actor staging infrastructure accurate.
Backfill script for retroactive attributionnew61how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity18/30actionability18/3061 / 100
A backfill.py script retroactively attributes indicators ingested before the connector started, running dry-run then apply, with deterministic IDs that make re-runs safe no-ops.
Malanta Attribution connector for OpenCTI converts flat apt: labels into pivotable Intrusion Set relationships via a live event stream.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Wire the Malanta pre-attack feed into OpenCTI's built-in TAXIITAXIIA protocol for sharing threat intelligence over HTTPS, commonly carrying STIX data. It lets tools retrieve and exchange intelligence from compatible services. ingester so indicators arrive as STIX 2.1STIX 2.1A JSON-based open standard maintained by OASIS for representing threat intelligence objects and relationships, letting cyber tools exchange indicators, actors, and TTPs in a common machine-readable format. objects without a custom import connector.
Adds a new Malanta Attribution stream connector, listed in the Filigran OpenCTI Integrations Library, that listens to OpenCTI's live event stream and creates Intrusion Set entities plus indicates relationships for every Malanta indicator carrying an apt: label (e.g.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ apt:APT44, apt:APT38).
Supports a backfill.py script (dry-run then apply) to retroactively attribute indicators ingested before the connector started, with deterministic IDs making re-runs safe no-ops.
Configures Malanta's STIXSTIXStructured Threat Information Expression, a standard format for describing threats, indicators and their relationships. It helps organizations exchange threat intelligence in a usable form. 2.1 / TAXII 2.1TAXII 2.1An OASIS-standard HTTP-based protocol for exchanging cyber threat intelligence, letting cyber tools publish and subscribe to structured threat data across organizations without custom integration work. feed via OpenCTI's built-in ingester at TAXII server URL https://app.malanta.ai/feeds/taxii2/default, collection pre-attack-indicators, using Bearer tokenBearer tokenA credential that grants access to whoever presents it, without a separate proof of possession. Protecting the token matters because a stolen copy can be used by someone else. (Malanta API key) authentication — no custom bulk-import connector required.
Preserves infrastructure cluster entities exactly as ingested — clusters are not rewritten into single-actor Intrusion Set objects — keeping multi-actor staging infrastructure accurate.
Iru shipped a full macOS LAPSLAPSA Microsoft feature that automatically generates, rotates, and stores unique local administrator passwords for each Windows machine in Active Directory, eliminating shared static credentials across a fleet. Library Item for automated local admin password rotation and escrow, plus AI-driven Windows Update configuration recommendations in the Iru chat assistant.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Manage devices and everything they touch. See how security, IT, and compliance get easier when unified around devices with Iru.
Iru shipped a full macOS LAPSLAPSA Microsoft feature that automatically generates, rotates, and stores unique local administrator passwords for each Windows machine in Active Directory, eliminating shared static credentials across a fleet. Library Item for automated local admin password rotation and escrow, plus AI-driven Windows Update configuration recommendations in the Iru chat assistant.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
2 FEATURES0 OF 2 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
macOS LAPS Library Itemnew95how completely this was documenteddepth35/40specificity30/30actionability30/3095 / 100
Adds a new macOS LAPS Library Item that automatically generates, rotates, and securely escrows local administrator passwords for Mac, manages multiple local admin accounts per device, and can import accounts from ADE Library Items and password policies from Passcode Library Items.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ Rotation runs on a scheduled cadence and via rotation-after-access — retiring a retrieved credential after a defined window without extending it on repeated views — through the Iru Agent using native Open Directory APIs, preserving SecureToken and Volume Ownership on Apple silicon rather than relying on Apple's SetAutoAdminPasswordMDMMDMMobile device management, centrally configuring and managing enrolled devices. Administrators use it to apply settings, distribute applications and enforce device security policies. command.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ Retrieval is gated by role-based access controlrole-based access controlRole-based access control, where permissions are assigned to roles such as reader or administrator and users receive those roles. It makes access easier to manage than individual permission lists., and all configuration changes, rotation events, and retrieval events (which user accessed a password, for which device, when) are captured in audit history; deployment is configured in the Library as a Library Item of type macOS LAPS and assigned via an Assignment Map.
Deploy macOS LAPS to managed Macs so every device gets a unique, automatically rotated local admin credential governed by a single central policy.
📍In the Iru console, go to Library, create a new Library Item of type macOS LAPS, choose the local administrator account(s) to manage, configure password length and character complexity (optionally importing from a Passcode Library Item), set the rotation cadence and the rotation-after-access window, then assign the Library Item to the appropriate Assignment Map(s).
Windows Update recommendations in Iru AInew60how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity20/30actionability15/3060 / 100
Iru AI can recommend and implement Windows Update Library Item settings based on CISCISA nonprofit that publishes consensus-based configuration benchmarks and controls for hardening operating systems, cloud environments, and software; cyber tools use it as a ready-made compliance baseline. benchmarks or Microsoft defaults, asking follow-up questions to refine or explain settings, and can answer questions about Library Items, settings, and best practices from any chat without requiring navigation to a specific Library Item page.
Iru: Supports automatic rotation on a scheduled cadence and rotation-after-access, so a retrieved credential is retired after a defined window without extending the window on repeated views.
└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Deploy macOS LAPSLAPSA Microsoft feature that automatically generates, rotates, and stores unique local administrator passwords for each Windows machine in Active Directory, eliminating shared static credentials across a fleet. to managed Macs so every device gets a unique, automatically rotated local admin credential governed by a single central policy.
📍In the Iru console, go to Library, create a new Library Item of type macOS LAPS, choose the local administrator account(s) to manage, configure password length and character complexity (optionally importing from a Passcode Library Item), set the rotation cadence and the rotation-after-access window, then assign the Library Item to the appropriate Assignment Map(s).
Enables management and rotation of multiple local administrator accounts per device, with the ability to import accounts from ADE Library Items and password policies from Passcode Library Items.
Records detailed audit history of configuration changes, rotation events, and retrieval events — capturing which user accessed a password, for which device, and when.
Implements password rotation through the Iru Agent using native Open Directory APIs, preserving SecureToken and Volume Ownership on Apple silicon rather than relying on Apple's SetAutoAdminPasswordMDMMDMMobile device management, centrally configuring and managing enrolled devices. Administrators use it to apply settings, distribute applications and enforce device security policies. command.
Enforces role-based access controlrole-based access controlRole-based access control, where permissions are assigned to roles such as reader or administrator and users receive those roles. It makes access easier to manage than individual permission lists. on password retrieval so only authorized users can view a device's local admin credential.
Iru adds macOS LAPSLAPSA Microsoft feature that automatically generates, rotates, and stores unique local administrator passwords for each Windows machine in Active Directory, eliminating shared static credentials across a fleet.: automatic generation, rotation, and escrow of local administrator passwords for Mac.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds a new LAPS Library Item for Mac that automatically generates, rotates, securely escrows, and controls access to local administrator passwords.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Supports strong, customizable passwords with automatic rotation on a schedule and after each viewing.
Iru AI can now recommend and apply Windows Update settings based on CISCISA nonprofit that publishes consensus-based configuration benchmarks and controls for hardening operating systems, cloud environments, and software; cyber tools use it as a ready-made compliance baseline. benchmarks or Microsoft defaults via chat.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Enables Iru AI to recommend and implement Windows Update Library Item settings based on CIS benchmarks or Microsoft defaults, with follow-up questions to refine or explain settings.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Allows Iru AI to answer questions about Library Items, settings, and best practices from any chat, without requiring navigation to a specific Library Item page.
Enables Iru AI to recommend and implement Windows Update Library Item settings based on CIS benchmarks or Microsoft defaults, with follow-up questions to refine or explain settings.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
OSSEC 4.3.0's headline additions are a per-agent FIMFIMFile Integrity Monitoring — a technique that tracks cryptographic hashes or metadata of files on disk and alerts when they change unexpectedly, giving cyber tools a way to detect tampering or unauthorized modification. maintenance mode, TCPTCPA network protocol that delivers a reliable, ordered stream of bytes between two endpoints. It detects lost data and retransmits it./TLS syslog forwarding, and ModSecurityModSecurityAn open-source web application firewall engine, maintained by the OWASP community, that inspects HTTP traffic against rule sets to block malicious requests before they reach an application. audit log collection, backed by a wide set of new decoders/rules for other log sources and smaller agent-management and active-response improvements.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
OSSEC is an Open Source Host-based Intrusion Detection System that performs log analysis, file integrity checking, policy monitoring, rootkit detection, real-time alerting and active response.
OSSEC 4.3.0's headline additions are a per-agent FIMFIMFile Integrity Monitoring — a technique that tracks cryptographic hashes or metadata of files on disk and alerts when they change unexpectedly, giving cyber tools a way to detect tampering or unauthorized modification. maintenance mode, TCPTCPA network protocol that delivers a reliable, ordered stream of bytes between two endpoints. It detects lost data and retransmits it./TLS syslog forwarding, and ModSecurityModSecurityAn open-source web application firewall engine, maintained by the OWASP community, that inspects HTTP traffic against rule sets to block malicious requests before they reach an application. audit log collection, backed by a wide set of new decoders/rules for other log sources and smaller agent-management and active-response improvements.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
8 FEATURES0 OF 8 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
Per-agent FIM maintenance modenew95how completely this was documenteddepth35/40specificity30/30actionability30/3095 / 100
Adds per-agent FIM maintenance mode via agent_control -M with subcommands enable, disable, status, and end, plus -u <id> to target a specific agent, letting file changes be accepted into the integrity baseline without generating alerts during planned maintenance windows.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Pause FIM alerting on a single agent during a planned maintenance window so file changes are silently absorbed into the baseline instead of generating floods of integrity alerts.
TCP and TLS syslog outputnew90how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability30/3090 / 100
ossec-csyslogd now supports TCP and optional TLS transport for forwarding alerts, configured via new protocol, tls, tls_verify, and tls_ca keys inside syslog_output in ossec.conf, replacing the default unencrypted UDPUDPA network protocol that sends individual messages without guaranteeing delivery or order. Applications trade built-in reliability for less overhead and can add their own recovery. transport when enabled.
Forward OSSEC alerts over an encrypted TLS syslog channel to a remote SIEMSIEMSecurity information and event management, collecting logs from many systems and correlating events to find suspicious activity. Analysts use it to investigate alerts and incidents., replacing the default unencrypted UDP transport.
ModSecurity audit log collectionnew88how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity28/30actionability30/3088 / 100
Adds a modsec-audit localfile log format to collect libmodsecurity serial audit logs, plus new decoders and rules for nginx ModSecurity error-log events, so WAFWAFA reverse proxy that inspects HTTP/HTTPS traffic and blocks requests matching known attack patterns such as SQL injection or XSS, sitting between clients and a web application to filter malicious input before it reaches the server. block decisions appear alongside host-level alerts.
Ingest libmodsecurity audit events into OSSEC so WAF block decisions appear alongside host-level alerts.
New decoders and rules for cPanel, Postfix, Snort, BIND, Windows and Asterisknew70how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity30/30actionability15/3070 / 100
Adds cPanel/cpsrvd decoders and rules for monitoring cPanel services; Postfix SMTPSMTPThe application-layer protocol used to send email between servers and from clients to servers; cyber tools use it to relay alerts, phishing simulations, or exfiltrated data over standard mail infrastructure. connect-abort detection with escalation by source IP; matching of Snort [Drop] fast alerts in the snort decoder; decoding of named (BIND) client IPs with an optional @cookie prefix; a Windows interactive logon (logon type 2) success detail rule 18262; and an Asterisk IPv6IPv6The current version of the Internet Protocol, standardized by the IETF, using 128-bit addresses to replace the exhausted IPv4 space. Cyber tools target it because modern networks run dual-stack or IPv6-only. denied decoder so srcip omits square brackets.
Agent management: bulk load and safer removalimproved67how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity22/30actionability20/3067 / 100
Supports manage_agents -f - to bulk-load agents from stdin, and now backs up agent state before a remove or force-delete operation while alerting on duplicated IP addresses.
Larger syslog alert payload bufferimproved50how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity25/30actionability5/3050 / 100
Raises the ossec-csyslogd alert payload buffer from 2048 bytes to OS_MAXSTR for default, CEFCEFCommon Event Format, an ArcSight (Micro Focus) log standard that defines a fixed header plus extensible key-value pairs so cyber tools can emit and ingest alerts in a predictable, parseable structure., JSON, and Splunk alert formats, avoiding truncation of larger alerts.
OSSEC 4.3.0 adds FIMFIMFile Integrity Monitoring — a technique that tracks cryptographic hashes or metadata of files on disk and alerts when they change unexpectedly, giving cyber tools a way to detect tampering or unauthorized modification. maintenance mode, TCPTCPA network protocol that delivers a reliable, ordered stream of bytes between two endpoints. It detects lost data and retransmits it./TLS syslog output, and ModSecurityModSecurityAn open-source web application firewall engine, maintained by the OWASP community, that inspects HTTP traffic against rule sets to block malicious requests before they reach an application. audit log collection︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ TRY IT
Pause FIM alerting on a single agent during a planned maintenance window so file changes are silently absorbed into the baseline instead of generating floods of integrity alerts.
$ agent_control -M enable -u 042
Forward OSSEC alerts over an encrypted TLS syslog channel to a remote SIEMSIEMSecurity information and event management, collecting logs from many systems and correlating events to find suspicious activity. Analysts use it to investigate alerts and incidents., replacing the default unencrypted UDPUDPA network protocol that sends individual messages without guaranteeing delivery or order. Applications trade built-in reliability for less overhead and can add their own recovery. transport.
Ingest libmodsecurity audit events into OSSEC so WAFWAFA reverse proxy that inspects HTTP/HTTPS traffic and blocks requests matching known attack patterns such as SQL injection or XSS, sitting between clients and a web application to filter malicious input before it reaches the server. block decisions appear alongside host-level alerts.
Adds per-agent FIM maintenance mode via agent_control -M with subcommands enable, disable, status, and end plus -u <id> to suppress integrity alerts while accepting file changes into the baseline.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds TCP and optional TLS support to ossec-csyslogd syslog output via new protocol, tls, tls_verify, and tls_ca config keys in syslog_output.
Raises the ossec-csyslogd alert payload buffer from 2048 bytes to OS_MAXSTR for default, CEFCEFCommon Event Format, an ArcSight (Micro Focus) log standard that defines a fixed header plus extensible key-value pairs so cyber tools can emit and ingest alerts in a predictable, parseable structure., JSON, and Splunk alert formats.
Adds modsec-audit localfile format to collect libmodsecurity serial audit logs, plus new decoders and rules for nginx ModSecurity error-log events.
Supports manage_agents -f - to bulk-load agents from stdin.
+9 moreshow less
Adds a dedicated OSSEC iptables chain for the firewall-drop active response.
Adds cPanel/cpsrvd decoders and rules for monitoring cPanel services.
Adds Postfix SMTPSMTPThe application-layer protocol used to send email between servers and from clients to servers; cyber tools use it to relay alerts, phishing simulations, or exfiltrated data over standard mail infrastructure. connect-abort detection with escalation by source IP.
Matches Snort [Drop] fast alerts in the snort decoder.
Decodes named client IPs with optional BIND @cookie prefix.
Adds Windows interactive logon (logon type 2) success detail rule 18262.
Backs up agent state before remove or force-delete and alerts on duplicated IP.
Supports ### trailing comments in CDB list text files.
Adds Asterisk IPv6IPv6The current version of the Internet Protocol, standardized by the IETF, using 128-bit addresses to replace the exhausted IPv4 space. Cyber tools target it because modern networks run dual-stack or IPv6-only. denied decoder so srcip omits square brackets.
Adds per-agent FIM maintenance mode via agent_control -M with subcommands enable, disable, status, and end plus -u <id> to suppress integrity alerts while accepting file changes into the baseline.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds modsec-audit localfile format to collect libmodsecurity serial audit logs, plus new decoders and rules for nginx ModSecurity error-log events.
Adds cPanel/cpsrvd decoders and rules for monitoring cPanel services.
Adds Postfix SMTPSMTPThe application-layer protocol used to send email between servers and from clients to servers; cyber tools use it to relay alerts, phishing simulations, or exfiltrated data over standard mail infrastructure. connect-abort detection with escalation by source IP.
Adds Windows interactive logon (logon type 2) success detail rule 18262.
Databricks is a unified analytics platform for data engineering, data science, and machine learning built on Apache Spark.
Databricks' biggest updates this window are Unity Catalog governance additions — Beta metastore-level ABACABACAttribute-based access control, where rules evaluate facts about the user, resource and request. Access can depend on conditions such as department, data sensitivity or device status. policies and automatic sensitive-data classification — alongside capacity increases for Genie Agents/Genie One and a batch of AI/BI Dashboard authoring and metric-view enhancements.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
11 FEATURES2 OF 11 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
Live metric references in dashboard widget titlesnew80how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity25/30actionability25/3080 / 100
Typing @ in a visualization widget's title or description field opens a field reference picker that inserts a live, formatted field reference (e.g.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ sum, average) whose field, aggregation function, and number or date formatting can be changed after insertion.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Surface a live KPI directly in a widget title so viewers always see the current filtered total without reading the chart itself.
📍In a visualization widget's title or description field, type @ to open the field reference picker, select the desired field and aggregation function (e.g. Sum), then confirm to insert the live metric reference.
Per-facet axis scaling for faceted chartsnew70how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity20/30actionability25/3070 / 100
Adds a Per facet axis range option on faceted charts so each subchart scales independently to its own data instead of sharing one range across all facets.
Prevent misleading axis comparisons on a faceted chart where subcharts have very different value ranges.
📍Open the faceted chart's axis settings, locate Axis range, and set it to Per facet so each subchart scales to its own data.
Metastore-level ABAC policies (Beta)new70how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity25/30actionability15/3070 / 100
Unity Catalog now supports attaching ABAC policies at the metastore level (Beta), so a single row filter, column mask, GRANT, or DENY policy applies across every catalog in the metastore, including catalogs created later.
Higher usage limits for Genie Agentsimproved60how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability10/3060 / 100
Raises the PDF upload limit for Genie One and Genie Agents from 20 pages to 100 pages, and extends the Monitor tab so authors can summarize up to six months of Genie Agent activity, up from an unspecified shorter window.
Multi-file and folder skills in Genie Oneimproved60how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability10/3060 / 100
Skills in Genie One now support multiple files and sub-folders, up to three folders deep and 50 files or folders per skill, limited to text files only.
Window measures on numeric index columns in metric viewsnew60how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity20/30actionability10/3060 / 100
Metric views now support window measures using a consecutive integer order column, adding unitless offset and trailing/leading range options that enable non-calendar period analysis such as fiscal weeks or 4-4-5 periods.
Genie Agents restricted to attached data sourcesbreaking50how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity15/30actionability10/3050 / 100
A Genie Agent is now restricted to only the data assets explicitly attached as sources, preventing it from drawing on unattached data objects; any previously implicit or ambient data access will no longer work.
Genie Code support for dashboard datasets and parametersnew45how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity15/30actionability10/3045 / 100
Genie Code can now convert a SQL dataset into a local metric view directly from the dataset's context menu, handling the conversion automatically, and Genie Code for dashboard authoring now understands SQL dataset parameters when building and editing dashboards.
Pivot table styling and layout controlsimproved45how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity15/30actionability10/3045 / 100
Adds a configurable default expand level for pivot table row and column hierarchy when the table first loads, plus independent styling of pivot table totals headers and values, including conditional styling support.
Databricks AI/BI Dashboards gains metric references in widget titles, pivot-table styling, per-facet axis scaling, and Genie Code SQL parameter support.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Surface a live KPI directly in a widget title so viewers always see the current filtered total without reading the chart itself.
📍In a visualization widget's title or description field, type @ to open the field reference picker, select the desired field and aggregation function (e.g. Sum), then confirm to insert the live metric reference.
Prevent misleading axis comparisons on a faceted chart where subcharts have very different value ranges.
📍Open the faceted chart's axis settings, locate Axis range, and set it to Per facet so each subchart scales to its own data.
Adds the ability to convert a SQL dataset into a local metric view directly from the dataset's context menu, with Genie Code handling the conversion.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Genie Code for dashboard authoring now understands SQL dataset parameters when building and editing dashboards.
Enables inserting live, formatted field references (sum, average, etc.) into visualization widget titles and descriptions by typing @, with support for changing the field, aggregation function, and number or date formatting.
Adds a configurable default expand level for pivot table row and column hierarchy when the table first loads.
Adds Per facet axis range scaling on faceted charts, allowing each subchart to scale independently instead of sharing one range.
+3 moreshow less
Adds color palette previews to the preset theme picker before a theme is selected.
Enables reordering of options in a field variable.
Adds independent styling of pivot table totals headers and values, including conditional styling support.
Adds the ability to convert a SQL dataset into a local metric view directly from the dataset's context menu, with Genie Code handling the conversion.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Enables inserting live, formatted field references (sum, average, etc.) into visualization widget titles and descriptions by typing @, with support for changing the field, aggregation function, and number or date formatting.
Adds Per facet axis range scaling on faceted charts, allowing each subchart to scale independently instead of sharing one range.
Unity Catalog gains metastore-level ABACABACAttribute-based access control, where rules evaluate facts about the user, resource and request. Access can depend on conditions such as department, data sensitivity or device status. policies in Beta, letting one row filter, column mask, GRANT, or DENY rule span every catalog.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
TheHive is a Collaborative Case Management Platform, now distributed as a commercial version
TheHive 5.8 introduces native SLASLAA formal agreement between a service provider and customer that defines expected uptime, response times, and remedies for failures, giving cyber tools a contractual baseline for availability and support commitments. tracking for alerts, cases and tasks, alongside dashboard and search improvements.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
3 FEATURES0 OF 3 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
Native SLA tracking for alerts, cases and tasksnew65how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity20/30actionability15/3065 / 100
TheHive 5.8 adds native SLA tracking with per-entity-type rules, configurable warning thresholds, and breach notifications delivered via the existing notification system.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ It also supports per-organization SLA rules, letting MSSPs assign different response-time targets to each client organization.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
— Explains rules, thresholds, notifications and MSSP scoping but no config keyslaunch-20260916-4a5364d3
thinner coverage below
0200
Custom fields and tags in Dashboard Table widgetimproved40how completely this was documenteddepth15/40specificity15/30actionability10/3040 / 100
The Table widget in Dashboards is extended to display custom fields and tags alongside built-in fields.
TheHive 5.8 adds native SLASLAA formal agreement between a service provider and customer that defines expected uptime, response times, and remedies for failures, giving cyber tools a contractual baseline for availability and support commitments. tracking for alerts, cases and tasks, custom fields in dashboards, and expanded global search.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds native SLA tracking for alerts, cases, and tasks, with per-entity-type rules, configurable warning thresholds, and breach notifications via the existing notification system.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Supports per-organization SLA rules, letting MSSPs assign different response-time targets to each client organization.
Extends the Table widget in Dashboards to display custom fields and tags alongside built-in fields.
Expands Global Search (introduced in 5.6) to cover comments and knowledge base pages in addition to existing entity types.
Adds native SLA tracking for alerts, cases, and tasks, with per-entity-type rules, configurable warning thresholds, and breach notifications via the existing notification system.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Supports per-organization SLA rules, letting MSSPs assign different response-time targets to each client organization.
Cybersecurity blog covering software, services, and risk insights. Stay updated with the latest on threat detection, compliance, and vulnerability management.
Qualys expanded Policy Audit with AI-assisted policy creation, continuous compliance monitoring, automated remediation, and risk-based prioritization of findings.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
4 FEATURES3 OF 4 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0101
AI-Powered Policy Creation in Policy Auditnew50how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity15/30actionability10/3050 / 100
Teams can upload frameworks, benchmarks, vendor guidance, or internal policies and use AI assistance to map controls to policy logic, assessment criteria, and expected values, with human review and approval required before publication.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
— Describes workflow and human-review step but no exact UI path or command.2026-09-17-5c9e514a
0202
Audit Fix automated remediationnew40how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity10/30actionability10/3040 / 100
Audit Fix streamlines correction of compliance findings through pre-built remediation content and automated workflows, and validates that fixes remain in place over time.
— Names mechanism (pre-built content, validation) but no specific commands.2026-09-17-5c9e514a
0300
Risk-based prioritization of audit findingsimproved40how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity15/30actionability5/3040 / 100
Policy Audit findings are now prioritized using asset criticality, threat exposure, business context, ransomware relevance, and security risk indicators.
— Lists factors but no scoring mechanics or thresholds given.2026-09-17-5c9e514a
0403
Audit Insights continuous compliance monitoringnew35how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity10/30actionability5/3035 / 100
Audit Insights continuously monitors controls, detects compliance drift, and automatically collects evidence throughout the year instead of relying on point-in-time assessments.
— Explains capability but no configuration or access detail.2026-09-17-5c9e514a
Qualys adds AI-Powered Policy Creation, Audit Insights continuous monitoring, and Audit Fix automated remediation to Policy Audit︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds AI-Powered Policy Creation for Policy Audit, enabling teams to upload frameworks, benchmarks, vendor guidance, or internal policies and use AI assistance to map controls to policy logic, assessment criteria, and expected values — with human review and approval before publication.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Introduces Audit Insights to continuously monitor controls, detect compliance drift, and automatically collect evidence throughout the year instead of at point-in-time assessments.
Introduces Audit Fix to streamline correction of compliance findings through pre-built remediation content and automated workflows, validating that fixes remain in place over time.
Adds risk-based prioritization to Policy Audit findings by incorporating asset criticality, threat exposure, business context, ransomware relevance, and security risk indicators.
Adds AI-Powered Policy Creation for Policy Audit, enabling teams to upload frameworks, benchmarks, vendor guidance, or internal policies and use AI assistance to map controls to policy logic, assessment criteria, and expected values — with human review and approval before publication.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Introduces Audit Insights to continuously monitor controls, detect compliance drift, and automatically collect evidence throughout the year instead of at point-in-time assessments.
Introduces Audit Fix to streamline correction of compliance findings through pre-built remediation content and automated workflows, validating that fixes remain in place over time.
Axonius is a cybersecurity platform that discovers, manages, and protects all devices and software across an organization's IT infrastructure.
Axonius 9.0.7 introduces a CMDBCMDBA Configuration Management Database: a repository that stores records of IT assets and the relationships between them, giving cyber tools a single authoritative source for infrastructure context. Reconciliation workspace for automated, audit-ready CMDB syncing, adds Windows patch-release enrichment fields and 11 new adapters, and rolls out a Network Inspectors management page, a Custom Data Asset Source mechanism, and numerous adapter-level enhancements, alongside a breaking change to how Citrix ADC NAT rules are modeled as assets.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
18 FEATURES1 OF 18 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
Windows patch release enrichment fieldsnew95how completely this was documenteddepth35/40specificity30/30actionability30/3095 / 100
Adds OS: Windows Patch Release Type and OS: Windows Patch Release Date enrichment fields, nested under the OS complex field on Windows device records, updated daily from the Microsoft Windows Update catalog, enabling queries such as assets where patch release date is more than X days ago.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Find Windows devices where the patch is more than 30 days old, using the new OS: Windows Patch Release Date enrichment field, to prioritize remediation of lagging endpoints.
📍In the Devices page, create a new query with the filter: OS: Windows Patch Release Date is more than 30 days ago, then save and export the results to drive your patch compliance report.
Druva Cloud Platform adapter enhancementsnew95how completely this was documenteddepth35/40specificity30/30actionability30/3095 / 100
Adds a Devices API Version connection setting to the Druva Cloud Platform adapter, allowing selection between version 1 (default) and version 2 of the Druva Devices API, and adds Application Settings support fetching administrator roles and statuses from the Druva administrators API and evaluating audit event availability.
Switch the Druva adapter to the v2 Devices API to retrieve devices using the updated endpoint.
📍In the Druva Cloud Platform adapter connection settings, set Devices API Version to version 2, then enable admin APIs in the Druva Console under Settings › Enable admin APIs, and trigger a fetch to populate updated device and Application Settings assets.
Confluent adapter Application Settings collectionnew80how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability30/3080 / 100
Adds Fetch Application Settings advanced setting (default: disabled) to the Confluent adapter, which fetches Application Settings assets from Confluent cluster ACLsACLsAn access control list, a set of rules allowing or denying operations for particular users, services or network addresses. It decides who can use a resource. when enabled.
Enable collection of Application Settings from a Confluent cluster to gain visibility into ACLACLAn access control list, a set of rules allowing or denying operations for particular users, services or network addresses. It decides who can use a resource.-based access control posture.
📍In the Confluent adapter configuration, navigate to Advanced Settings and enable Fetch Application Settings (default: disabled), then save and run a fetch cycle to populate Application Settings assets.
Citrix ADC NAT assets now modeled as Load Balancersbreaking70how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability20/3070 / 100
The Citrix ADC adapter no longer publishes Network Route assets for NAT rules; NAT translations now appear on Load Balancer assets instead. Existing queries, reports, or enforcement workflows targeting Network Route assets from Citrix ADC NAT must be updated to use NAT translations on Load Balancer assets.
DocuSign multi-account collectionnew65how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability15/3065 / 100
Adds Single Account / All Organization Accounts selection to the DocuSign adapter, with a new Organization ID field to discover and collect data across all accounts in a DocuSign organization.
Network Inspectors management pagenew60how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity20/30actionability15/3060 / 100
Adds a new Network Inspectors page under Settings → System for Cyber-Physical Assets deployments, providing centralized management of Virtual Network Inspector appliances including add, token generation, token re-generation, and removal.
Custom Data Asset Source mechanismnew60how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity20/30actionability10/3060 / 100
Adds a Custom Data Asset Source mechanism with a dedicated enforcement action that converts manually-entered custom data into a first-class adapter contribution, processed by the correlation engine with no defined retention period.
AWS adapter CloudFront alias discoverynew60how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity20/30actionability15/3060 / 100
Adds support for fetching Domains & URLs for CloudFront distribution aliases in the AWS adapter, linking each alias to its CloudFront distribution for inclusion in Internet Exposure queries.
AppViewX CERT adapter Application Settingsnew60how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability10/3060 / 100
Adds Application Settings asset type support to the AppViewX CERT adapter, fetching authentication, access control, credential, key rotation, logging, retention, login, SMTPSMTPThe application-layer protocol used to send email between servers and from clients to servers; cyber tools use it to relay alerts, phishing simulations, or exfiltrated data over standard mail infrastructure., SSH connection, and service account settings.
Delinea Vault Is File settingnew55how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity20/30actionability15/3055 / 100
Adds an optional Is File setting to Delinea Privilege Manager (Thycotic) Vault secret references, causing Axonius to retrieve file content instead of the field value when enabled.
CMDB Reconciliation workspacenew50how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity15/30actionability10/3050 / 100
A new CMDB Reconciliation workspace automatically aggregates, validates, and pushes data to CMDBsCMDBsConfiguration Management Databases — structured stores that track IT assets, their attributes, and relationships; cyber tools use them to enrich alerts and map blast radius during incidents. with zero manual data entry, supporting audit-readiness and licensing compliance.
Optional endpoint fields in Remediation Ownershipimproved45how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity15/30actionability10/3045 / 100
Makes destination endpoint fields in Remediation Ownership configuration optional, allowing remediation owners to be assigned to Security Findings without providing endpoint details.
Earliest First Fetch Time field for vulnerabilitiesnew40how completely this was documenteddepth15/40specificity15/30actionability10/3040 / 100
Adds a new Earliest First Fetch Time field to the Vulnerability Repository and Aggregated Security Findings pages, recording the earliest first-fetch timestamp across all sources for each vulnerability.
Cynerio upper-bound detection date settingnew40how completely this was documenteddepth15/40specificity15/30actionability10/3040 / 100
Adds an upper-bound detection date advanced setting to the Cynerio adapter for more granular control over the time range when fetching risks and vulnerabilities.
The Citrix ADC adapter no longer publishes Network Route assets for NAT rules; NAT translations now appear on Load Balancer assets instead. Existing queries, reports, or enforcement workflows targeting Network Route assets from Citrix ADC NAT must be updated to use NAT translations on Load Balancer assets.
Axonius 9.0.7 adds CMDBCMDBA Configuration Management Database: a repository that stores records of IT assets and the relationships between them, giving cyber tools a single authoritative source for infrastructure context. Reconciliation workspace, 11 new adapters, Signature Mitigations for CVE findings, and Virtual Network Inspector management.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Find Windows devices where the patch is more than 30 days old, using the new OS: Windows Patch Release Date enrichment field, to prioritize remediation of lagging endpoints.
📍In the Devices page, create a new query with the filter: OS: Windows Patch Release Date is more than 30 days ago, then save and export the results to drive your patch compliance report.
Enable collection of Application Settings from a Confluent cluster to gain visibility into ACLACLAn access control list, a set of rules allowing or denying operations for particular users, services or network addresses. It decides who can use a resource.-based access control posture.
📍In the Confluent adapter configuration, navigate to Advanced Settings and enable Fetch Application Settings (default: disabled), then save and run a fetch cycle to populate Application Settings assets.
Switch the Druva adapter to the v2 Devices API to retrieve devices using the updated endpoint.
📍In the Druva Cloud Platform adapter connection settings, set Devices API Version to version 2, then enable admin APIs in the Druva Console under Settings › Enable admin APIs, and trigger a fetch to populate updated device and Application Settings assets.
Adds a new CMDB Reconciliation workspace that automatically aggregates, validates, and pushes data to CMDBsCMDBsConfiguration Management Databases — structured stores that track IT assets, their attributes, and relationships; cyber tools use them to enrich alerts and map blast radius during incidents. with zero manual data entry, supporting audit-readiness and licensing compliance.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds OS: Windows Patch Release Type and OS: Windows Patch Release Date enrichment fields (nested under the OS complex field) to Windows device records, updated daily from the Microsoft Windows Update catalog, enabling queries such as 'assets where patch release date is more than X days ago'.
Adds a new Earliest First Fetch Time field to the Vulnerability Repository and Aggregated Security Findings pages, recording the earliest first-fetch timestamp across all sources for each vulnerability.
Adds a new Network Inspectors page under Settings → System for Cyber-Physical Assets deployments, providing centralized management of Virtual Network Inspector appliances including add, token generation, token re-generation, and removal.
Adds a Custom Data Asset Source mechanism with a dedicated enforcement action that converts manually-entered custom data into a first-class adapter contribution, processed by the correlation engine with no defined retention period.
+13 moreshow less
Adds 11 new adapters: DTS Identity (Users, Devices, Aggregated Security Findings, SaaSSaaSSoftware delivered over the internet and run on the provider's infrastructure, so the buyer pays a subscription instead of installing or operating anything locally. Applications, Software), HPE Alletra SAN (Devices), Moody's CreditLens (Users), NetSPI Resolve (Devices), OneSpan (Users, Groups, Application Settings), Radware Cloud Services (Networks, Application Settings), SOCRadar (Devices, Networks, URLs, Certificates), Spacelift (Users, Application Settings), Ubiquiti UISP (Devices), UiPath (Users, Application Settings), and WordPress Toolkit (URLs, Aggregated Security Findings, SaaS Applications).
Adds Fetch Application Settings advanced setting (default: disabled) to the Confluent adapter, which fetches Application Settings assets from Confluent cluster ACLsACLsAn access control list, a set of rules allowing or denying operations for particular users, services or network addresses. It decides who can use a resource. when enabled.
Adds Devices API Version connection setting to the Druva Cloud Platform adapter, allowing selection between version 1 (default) and version 2 of the Druva Devices API.
Adds Application Settings support to the Druva Cloud Platform adapter, fetching administrator roles and statuses from the Druva administrators API and evaluating audit event availability.
Adds support for the fortinet:fortigate entity type in the Dynatrace adapter, mapping those entities to Device assets in Axonius.
Adds support for fetching Domains & URLs for CloudFront distribution aliases in the AWS adapter, linking each alias to its CloudFront distribution for inclusion in Internet Exposure queries.
Adds Application Settings asset type support to the AppViewX CERT adapter, fetching authentication, access control, credential, key rotation, logging, retention, login, SMTPSMTPThe application-layer protocol used to send email between servers and from clients to servers; cyber tools use it to relay alerts, phishing simulations, or exfiltrated data over standard mail infrastructure., SSH connection, and service account settings.
Adds an upper-bound detection date advanced setting to the Cynerio adapter for more granular control over the time range when fetching risks and vulnerabilities.
Adds Single Account / All Organization Accounts selection to the DocuSign adapter, with a new Organization ID field to discover and collect data across all accounts in a DocuSign organization.
Adds an optional Is File setting to Delinea Privilege Manager (Thycotic) Vault secret references, causing Axonius to retrieve file content instead of the field value when enabled.
Reclassifies Datadog host records tagged with aws:lambda or functionname: as Serverless Function assets instead of Device assets.
Enables admins to set a default view per role for specific Assets pages, automatically applied when a user with that role opens the page.
Makes destination endpoint fields in Remediation Ownership configuration optional, allowing remediation owners to be assigned to Security Findings without providing endpoint details.
Adds a new CMDB Reconciliation workspace that automatically aggregates, validates, and pushes data to CMDBsCMDBsConfiguration Management Databases — structured stores that track IT assets, their attributes, and relationships; cyber tools use them to enrich alerts and map blast radius during incidents. with zero manual data entry, supporting audit-readiness and licensing compliance.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds OS: Windows Patch Release Type and OS: Windows Patch Release Date enrichment fields (nested under the OS complex field) to Windows device records, updated daily from the Microsoft Windows Update catalog, enabling queries such as 'assets where patch release date is more than X days ago'.
Adds a new Earliest First Fetch Time field to the Vulnerability Repository and Aggregated Security Findings pages, recording the earliest first-fetch timestamp across all sources for each vulnerability.
Adds a new Network Inspectors page under Settings → System for Cyber-Physical Assets deployments, providing centralized management of Virtual Network Inspector appliances including add, token generation, token re-generation, and removal.
Adds a Custom Data Asset Source mechanism with a dedicated enforcement action that converts manually-entered custom data into a first-class adapter contribution, processed by the correlation engine with no defined retention period.
+2 moreshow less
Adds 11 new adapters: DTS Identity (Users, Devices, Aggregated Security Findings, SaaSSaaSSoftware delivered over the internet and run on the provider's infrastructure, so the buyer pays a subscription instead of installing or operating anything locally. Applications, Software), HPE Alletra SAN (Devices), Moody's CreditLens (Users), NetSPI Resolve (Devices), OneSpan (Users, Groups, Application Settings), Radware Cloud Services (Networks, Application Settings), SOCRadar (Devices, Networks, URLs, Certificates), Spacelift (Users, Application Settings), Ubiquiti UISP (Devices), UiPath (Users, Application Settings), and WordPress Toolkit (URLs, Aggregated Security Findings, SaaS Applications).
Enables admins to set a default view per role for specific Assets pages, automatically applied when a user with that role opens the page.
11 more in Everything
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
!The Citrix ADC adapter no longer publishes Network Route assets for NAT rules; NAT translations now appear on Load Balancer assets instead. Existing queries, reports, or enforcement workflows targeting Network Route assets from Citrix ADC NAT must be updated to use NAT translations on Load Balancer assets.
Immuta added a new Teradata connector with full policy and audit support, expanded Redshift connection management, and let the Request app handle multi-user access requests in one submission, while announcing the phase-out of Snowflake username/password authentication and fingerprint-based masking.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Use Immuta to provision governed access to data.
Immuta added a new Teradata connector with full policy and audit support, expanded Redshift connection management, and let the Request app handle multi-user access requests in one submission, while announcing the phase-out of Snowflake username/password authentication and fingerprint-based masking.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
5 FEATURES3 OF 5 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0101
Snowflake fingerprint-based masking removaldeprecated75how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability15/3075 / 100
Fingerprint-based masking options for Snowflake (format-preserving masking, randomized response masking, and rounding/grouping using a data fingerprint) are deprecated and will be removed from Immuta SaaSSaaSSoftware delivered over the internet and run on the provider's infrastructure, so the buyer pays a subscription instead of installing or operating anything locally. on December 15, 2026; tenants without existing policies using these options can no longer create them.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Snowflake username/password authentication deprecatedbreaking70how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity25/30actionability15/3070 / 100
New Snowflake connections can no longer be created using username/password authentication, following Snowflake's deprecation of that method for service users; existing connections continue to work until Snowflake completes its deprecation phases in October 2026.
— Gives before/after and exact deprecation timelinesnapshot-20260918
0300
Multi-user access requests in Request appnew60how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity15/30actionability20/3060 / 100
The Request app now supports requesting access for multiple users simultaneously in a single submission, replacing the need to submit separate requests per person. Hover-over tooltips on user names now display each user's email address to help distinguish users with similar or identical names.
When onboarding a team to a new dataset, submit a single governed access request covering all members instead of repeating the process per person.
📍In the Request app, open the access request form, select all relevant users from the user picker, fill in the request details, and click Submit once to create a single request covering all selected users.
— Includes concrete workflow steps for submitting a group requestsnapshot-20260918
thinner coverage below
0403
Teradata data source integrationnew55how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity20/30actionability10/3055 / 100
Adds Teradata integration with policy enforcement, access control, authentication, and audit support for data in Teradata environments.
— Names capabilities covered but no setup steps givenproduct docs
0500
Amazon Redshift connection management settingsimproved40how completely this was documenteddepth15/40specificity15/30actionability10/3040 / 100
Adds Amazon Redshift connection management settings, including the ability to remove a Redshift connection.
— Thin description of a single added settingproduct docs
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
!
New Snowflake connections can no longer be created using username/password authentication, following Snowflake's deprecation of that method for service users; existing connections continue to work until Snowflake completes its deprecation phases in October 2026.
!
Fingerprint-based masking options for Snowflake (format-preserving masking, randomized response masking, and rounding/grouping using a data fingerprint) are deprecated and will be removed from Immuta SaaS on December 15, 2026; tenants without existing policies using these options can no longer create them.
Immuta Request app now supports multi-user access requests in a single submission︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
When onboarding a team to a new dataset, submit a single governed access request covering all members instead of repeating the process per person.
📍In the Request app, open the access request form, select all relevant users from the user picker, fill in the request details, and click Submit once to create a single request covering all selected users.
Supports requesting access for multiple users simultaneously in the Request app, replacing the need to submit separate requests per person.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds hover-over tooltips on user names in the Request app to display each user's email address, helping distinguish users with similar or identical names.
Supports requesting access for multiple users simultaneously in the Request app, replacing the need to submit separate requests per person.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
1 more in Everything
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
!New Snowflake connections can no longer be created using username/password authentication, following Snowflake's deprecation of that method for service users; existing connections continue to work until Snowflake completes its deprecation phases in October 2026.
!Fingerprint-based masking options for Snowflake (format-preserving masking, randomized response masking, and rounding/grouping using a data fingerprint) are deprecated and will be removed from Immuta SaaSSaaSSoftware delivered over the internet and run on the provider's infrastructure, so the buyer pays a subscription instead of installing or operating anything locally. on December 15, 2026; tenants without existing policies using these options can no longer create them.
The leading data and AI security platform that proactively reduces risk, enforces policies, and stops active threats with our AI-native automation.
Varonis launched Data Lifecycle Management, adding a unified ROT dashboard, configurable lifecycle policies with reversible quarantine, compliance-based retention enforcement, and detailed duplicate-group views.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
4 FEATURES0 OF 4 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
Retention enforcement mapped to compliance windowsnew70how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability10/3070 / 100
Retention enforcement maps classification categories to legal retention windows — financial and PCIPCIA hardware bus standard that connects peripheral devices to a computer's motherboard; cyber tools targeting hardware-level forensics or memory analysis use it to access device registers and DMA regions directly. data over seven years, PIIPIIPersonally Identifiable Information — data that can identify a specific individual, such as names, email addresses, or SSNs. Cyber tools flag or redact it to limit exposure and meet privacy regulations. and GDPRGDPREU regulation enacted in 2018 that governs how organizations collect, store, and process personal data of EU residents, giving cyber tools legal obligations around data handling and breach notification. data over two years, PHIPHIProtected Health Information: individually identifiable health data regulated under the US HIPAA law, whose strict handling requirements drive cyber tools to audit, mask, or restrict access to it. over six years, and education data over five years — and quarantines data that exceeds those windows.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Unified ROT dashboard with cost-savings viewnew65how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability15/3065 / 100
A new dashboard shows total redundant, obsolete, and trivial (ROT) data volume across all connected platforms, filterable by platform, classification category, sensitivity, data source, file type, and owner. It also surfaces storage spend and compliance risk exposure to prioritize cleanup efforts.
Duplicate group detail viewsnew60how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity20/30actionability15/3060 / 100
New detail views for duplicate groups show which copy is the original, which is most recent, where copies live across platforms, and whether each copy is sensitive, overexposed, or past retention.
Configurable lifecycle policies with reversible quarantinenew47how completely this was documenteddepth22/40specificity15/30actionability10/3047 / 100
Out-of-the-box, fully configurable lifecycle policies for duplicates and staleness automatically move violating data to a secure, reversible quarantine.
Varonis: Adds a unified ROT dashboard showing total redundant, obsolete, and trivial (ROT) data volume across all connected platforms, filterable by platform, classification category, sensitivity, data source, file type, and owner.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Introduces out-of-the-box, fully configurable lifecycle policies for duplicates, staleness, and retention that automatically move violating data to a secure, reversible quarantine.
Adds retention enforcement that maps classification categories to legal windows — financial and PCIPCIA hardware bus standard that connects peripheral devices to a computer's motherboard; cyber tools targeting hardware-level forensics or memory analysis use it to access device registers and DMA regions directly. data over seven years, PIIPIIPersonally Identifiable Information — data that can identify a specific individual, such as names, email addresses, or SSNs. Cyber tools flag or redact it to limit exposure and meet privacy regulations. and GDPRGDPREU regulation enacted in 2018 that governs how organizations collect, store, and process personal data of EU residents, giving cyber tools legal obligations around data handling and breach notification. data over two years, PHIPHIProtected Health Information: individually identifiable health data regulated under the US HIPAA law, whose strict handling requirements drive cyber tools to audit, mask, or restrict access to it. over six years, and education data over five years — and quarantines data that exceeds those windows.
Surfaces duplicate group detail views showing which copy is the original, which is most recent, where copies live across platforms, and whether they are sensitive, overexposed, or past retention.
Enables cost-savings prioritization in the ROT dashboard, surfacing storage spend and compliance risk exposure to guide cleanup efforts.
CrowdStrike Falcon Data Protection provides endpoint detection and response capabilities to protect against threats and data breaches.
CrowdStrike added on-device AI-powered sensitive data classification to Falcon Data Security, running locally on endpoint hardware across Windows, Linux/cloud, and macOS to catch unstructured sensitive data without cloud inference.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
1 FEATURE0 OF 1 FEATUREmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
On-device AI data classification across platformsnew68how completely this was documenteddepth32/40specificity28/30actionability8/3068 / 100
Falcon Data Security now runs AI-powered sensitive data classification locally rather than in the cloud: on Windows via Intel Core Ultra AI PCs using Intel's NPU, on Falcon Data Security for Cloud via Linux-based EC2EC2Amazon's cloud virtual-machine service, letting tools run on-demand servers without managing physical hardware. instances with NVIDIA GPUsGPUsA graphics processing unit, a processor that performs many calculations in parallel. AI workloads use GPUs to speed up model training and inference. through an ONNX RuntimeONNX RuntimeAn engine that runs models saved in ONNX format across CPUs, GPUs and other accelerators. It optimizes model execution for the chosen hardware. Execution Provider swap, and on macOS via CoreML targeting Apple's Neural Engine (ANE) for real-time inference.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ This enables context-aware detection of unstructured sensitive data — such as credentials shared in natural language, chat logs, AI prompts, and free-text fields — that rule-based pattern matching cannot cover, and keeps data from leaving the endpoint.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
— Names hardware/runtime specifics but no user-facing config or commandundated-1f3abcdb
Falcon Data Security gains on-device AI classification using Intel NPU hardware, enabling context-aware sensitive data detection without cloud inference.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds on-device AI-powered sensitive data classification to Falcon Data Security, running language models locally on Intel Core Ultra AI PCs via Intel's NPU — no data leaves the endpoint.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Extends the same on-device AI classification model to Falcon Data Security for Cloud on Linux-based EC2EC2Amazon's cloud virtual-machine service, letting tools run on-demand servers without managing physical hardware. instances with NVIDIA GPUsGPUsA graphics processing unit, a processor that performs many calculations in parallel. AI workloads use GPUs to speed up model training and inference. via an ONNX RuntimeONNX RuntimeAn engine that runs models saved in ONNX format across CPUs, GPUs and other accelerators. It optimizes model execution for the chosen hardware. Execution Provider swap.
Brings on-device AI classification to macOS through CoreML, targeting Apple's Neural Engine (ANE) directly for real-time, on-device inference.
Enables context-aware detection of unstructured sensitive data — such as credentials shared in natural language, chat logs, AI prompts, and free-text fields — that rule-based pattern matching cannot cover.
JumpCloud makes it simple to manage Windows, Apple, Linux, and Android devices and to deliver secure access with SSO, MFA, Zero Trust, RADIUS, and more.
Across nine releases spanning 2022 through 2026, JumpCloud grew from launching Password Manager and Remote Assist into a full Zero Trust and unified IT platform, culminating in the GA of Password Vault, generally-available Access Risk Detection with behavior-based anomaly detection, Agent Identities for non-human IAMIAMIdentity and Access Management — a framework of policies and services for controlling who can authenticate to systems and what resources they are authorized to use, letting cyber tools enforce least-privilege and audit access., and Device Monitoring and Alerting, alongside major expansions to RADIUSRADIUSA networking protocol for centralised authentication, authorisation, and accounting of users connecting to a network, maintained under IETF standards. Cyber tools use it to integrate with existing enterprise identity infrastructure., JumpCloud Go, Android/Apple/Windows MDMMDMMobile device management, centrally configuring and managing enrolled devices. Administrators use it to apply settings, distribute applications and enforce device security policies., Asset Management, and the Multi-Tenant Portal.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
49 FEATURES10 OF 49 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
Pipe character escaping in systemusers API filtersimproved85how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity30/30actionability30/3085 / 100
Adds | (pipe) escape support via \ in in and nin API filter operators, enabling pipe characters within search terms — e.g.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ GET /systemusers?filter=department:$in:Finance | Accounting|IT.
Query users whose department is Finance | Accounting or IT, using the newly escapable pipe character in an in filter.
JumpCloud Password Vaultnew85how completely this was documenteddepth35/40specificity30/30actionability20/3085 / 100
Adds Password Vault to the Admin Portal — enable the vault, assign access to users and user groups, manage shared credentials and websites with Connect, View, Edit, and Manage permissions, monitor password health from an Overview dashboard, and view audit logs in Directory Insights — and to the User Portal, supporting credential and website management, shared folders, and bulk import via CSV or Excel. Adds Password Vault autofill to the JumpCloud Go browser extension for non-SSOSSOSingle sign-on, using one identity provider to sign in to multiple applications. It reduces separate passwords and centralizes account and access management. website password autofill, 2FA code launch, secret viewing, and save-on-login/update/signup without device registration. At GA, adds a Password Health Dashboard covering expired, expiring, weak, and inactive credentials with a built-in password generator; four sharing permission levels — Connect, View Secret, View Details, and Manage; unification of Password Vault, Go authentication, SSO access, and SaaSSaaSSoftware delivered over the internet and run on the provider's infrastructure, so the buyer pays a subscription instead of installing or operating anything locally. management in one browser extension; JumpCloud Protect mobile app combining corporate MFAMFAMulti-factor authentication, requiring proof from different categories, such as a password and a hardware key, to sign in. It reduces reliance on a password alone. and Vault access in one app; User Credential Transfer for reassigning an offboarded employee's credentials via an orphaned folder; and immutable audit logs via Directory Insights.
Review the Password Health Dashboard to proactively identify weak or expired credentials across the organization before a breach forces a reactive response.
📍In the JumpCloud Admin Portal, go to Password Vault › Password Health Dashboard to view organization-wide credential health, including expired, expiring, weak, and inactive credentials.
Reassign a departing employee's credentials to a colleague to prevent business disruption during offboarding.
📍In the JumpCloud Admin Portal, navigate to Password Vault, locate the orphaned folder created for the offboarded user, and assign it to the replacement user.
Disk encryption device condition in Conditional Access Policiesnew80how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity25/30actionability25/3080 / 100
Adds a disk encryption device condition to Conditional AccessConditional AccessA policy enforcement framework, most commonly Microsoft's in Entra ID, that grants or blocks resource access based on signals like user identity, device state, and location — letting cyber tools trigger step-up auth or deny risky sessions. Policies — admins can allow or deny access based on FileVaultFileVaultApple's full-disk encryption feature built into macOS, using XTS-AES-128 to encrypt the startup volume so that data is unreadable without the user's credentials. (macOS), system drive encryption (Windows), or root disk encryption (Linux) status. Configured via Admin Portal > Security > Conditional Access by adding a Device Condition and setting the encryption requirement per OS, with a Deny action for unencrypted devices.
Enforce a conditional access policy that blocks login from any device without full-disk encryption — useful for meeting compliance requirements across mixed OS fleets.
📍In the Admin Portal, go to Security › Conditional Access, create or edit a policy, add a Device Condition, and set the encryption requirement to FileVault enabled (macOS), system drive encrypted (Windows), or 'root disk is encrypted' (Linux), then set the policy action to Deny.
JumpCloud Go passwordless authentication and session managementnew80how completely this was documenteddepth35/40specificity30/30actionability15/3080 / 100
JumpCloud Go browser extension enables hardware-protected, phishing-resistant passwordless login using Apple Touch ID and Windows HelloWindows HelloA Microsoft authentication framework built into Windows 10 and later that lets users sign in via biometrics or PIN instead of passwords, giving cyber tools a phishing-resistant credential layer to build on. on managed macOS and Windows devices; enforces user and device verification on every SSO session established via Go, with conditional access policies now defaulting to JumpCloud Go as the MFA method. Later adds a User Portal > Security > Multi-Factor Authentication section to manage JumpCloud Go sessions on user devices, and sessions now automatically refresh on device login or unlock.
Password Manager Desktop App auto-lock and deployment controlsnew80how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability20/3080 / 100
Introduces an auto-lock schedule with a default of 15 minutes of inactivity and a maximum of 1,440 minutes (24 hours), an Auto Lock setting that locks the app when the device is locked, and admin ability to install and update the desktop app via a new command template v.2.0.0 on Windows and macOS, removing the need for user admin permissions after the first run.
Multi-Tenant Portal management, commands, and billing visibilityimproved75how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability15/3075 / 100
MSPMSPA managed service provider, a company that operates IT services for customers. It may manage systems, networks, backups or other ongoing technology needs. admins can create and reuse custom command templates across tenant organizations, and a new MSP homepage widget displays an aggregate view of all tenant reports available in the last 24 hours with bulk export to JSON or CSV. Admins can run ad hoc commands and view command-to-device bindings from both the Multi-Tenant Portal and Admin Portal, add users and devices, export user and device lists, and perform bulk actions directly from the Multi-Tenant Portal. Adds MSP billing visibility for committed-user plans, including available and consumed license counts and JumpCloud contract download, plus a Global MFA Requirement setting under Account > Settings for bulk MFA enforcement across all MSP admins.
Enforce MFA for all MSP admins in bulk from the Multi-Tenant Portal to close gaps left by per-account settings.
📍In the Admin Portal, go to Account › Settings and enable the Global MFA Requirement toggle under the Global MFA Requirement section.
Password Manager Desktop App platform and capacity expansionimproved75how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability15/3075 / 100
Adds a Password Manager Desktop App build for Linux (Debian/Ubuntu x86) with automatic updates. Later adds region selection with EU region support on the activation page (desktop app) and pairing page (browser extension); scales item storage to up to 30,000 items (without autofill) or 13,000 items (with autofill), with a single shared folder holding up to 5,000 items; adds an ARMARMA family of RISC processor architectures designed by Arm Holdings and licensed to chip makers worldwide; tools target it to run natively on mobile, embedded, and increasingly server and desktop hardware. build for macOS M1-and-above silicon with automatic upgrade from x64; and adds an RPM build for Linux (x64 Red Hat/Fedora), both auto-updating.
Cross-platform browser and OS patch management policy and reportingnew70how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability20/3070 / 100
Introduces a universal Google Chrome Browser Patch Management policy covering macOS, Windows, and Linux simultaneously, plus the OS Patch Management Policy Report (showing applied policies and status per device) and the Browser Patch Management Policy Report (auditing device browser versions across managed devices).
Keep Google Chrome patched across every managed OS without creating per-platform policies — ideal for orgs running mixed macOS, Windows, and Linux fleets.
📍In the Admin Portal, go to Device Management › Policies › New Policy, select Universal Browser Patch Management, choose Google Chrome as the target browser, configure the patch schedule, and assign the policy to the desired device group.
Android device management (EMM)new70how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability10/3070 / 100
Supports Android zero-touch enrollment for fully managed, dedicated, and company-owned Android devices with a work profile; enables Android EMMEMMEnterprise Mobility Management: a category of software for enforcing policies on mobile devices, apps, and data, giving cyber tools a hook to monitor or control endpoints without managing the full OS. support for fully managed and dedicated devices for all customers, releasing 7 new policies including Factory Reset Protection, Kiosk Mode, and System Updates; adds support for enrolling and managing company-owned and personal Android mobile devices via Android EMM work profile; and adds full Android 15 MDM support.
Password Manager admin controls for backups and shared foldersimproved70how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity25/30actionability15/3070 / 100
Password Manager Cloud Backups let admins enable a secure cloud-based fallback to minimize data loss, and admins can manage Password Manager shared folder assignments and permissions from the Admin Portal with manual per-folder sync from the desktop app. Later adds the ability for admins to create, update, and manage shared folders — including assigning users or user groups to any folder — a Move All items button to relocate all items from a folder in one action, and shared folder events synced to Directory Insights in the Admin Portal.
JumpCloud Protect push authentication enhancementsimproved70how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability20/3070 / 100
Adds Push Bombing Mitigation to JumpCloud Protect, blocking more than one push notification per resource within a 60-second window, configurable in MFA Configurations; enables push notifications to be approved or denied directly from the device lock screen via long-press (iOS) or notification expansion (Android); and adds user group exclusion from JumpCloud Protect Push enforcement, allowing excluded groups to use TOTPTOTPA one-time password algorithm (RFC 6238) that generates short-lived codes from a shared secret and the current time, giving cyber tools phishing-resistant second-factor authentication without a server round-trip. only.
Protect admin accounts against MFA push bombing by tuning the concurrent attempt limit in MFA Configurations.
📍In the Admin Portal, go to Security › MFA Configurations › JumpCloud Protect, locate Push Bombing Mitigation, and adjust the maximum concurrent attempts limit or disable the 60-second block window to match your organisation's risk tolerance.
Windows App Catalognew70how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity30/30actionability15/3070 / 100
Introduces the JumpCloud App Catalog for Windows, enabling install and auto-update management of 1Password, Adobe Acrobat Reader DC, Chrome, Firefox, Google Drive, OneDrive, OpenVPN, Slack, Webex, and Zoom.
JumpCloud Access Requestsnew70how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity25/30actionability15/3070 / 100
Introduces JumpCloud Access Requests, enabling configurable approval flows, in-console request management, Directory Insights event tracking, and webhook integration with ticketing systems such as JIRA.
Admin role management: Asset Manager and Custom Admin Rolesnew70how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability20/3070 / 100
Introduces a new Asset Manager role in the Admin Portal for dedicated access to Asset Management without broader Admin Portal permissions, and introduces Custom Admin Roles for granular, responsibility-based role configuration across direct organizations.
Scope a procurement team member's admin access to Asset Management only, without granting broader Admin Portal rights.
📍In the Admin Portal, go to Administrators › Roles, assign the built-in Asset Manager role to the admin account for the procurement team member.
MCP server discovery in AI & SaaS Managementnew70how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability20/3070 / 100
Adds an Access > AI & SaaS Management > Applications view with an MCP Connection column showing Discovered, Connected, or Not Available status for each app, plus an Add MCP Server action to connect discovered MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. servers to AI Gateway without switching tools.
Surface and connect a device-discovered MCP server to AI Gateway from the SaaS ManagementSaaS ManagementA category of software that tracks, governs, and optimises an organisation's portfolio of SaaS subscriptions, covering spend, access, and licence utilisation from a single control plane. view, without switching to a separate tool.
📍1. Go to Access › AI & SaaS Management › Applications.
2. Check the MCP Connection column for an app showing Discovered.
3. Click the status to review the discovered MCP servers.
4. Click Add MCP Server to register it in AI Gateway.
RADIUS and network authentication enhancementsnew65how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity25/30actionability10/3065 / 100
JumpCloud RADIUS gains certificate-based (passwordless) authentication supporting any X.509X.509A standard defining the format of public-key certificates, maintained by the ITU-T, used by cyber tools to authenticate identities and establish encrypted connections over TLS and similar protocols.-compliant certificate authority, letting organizations import existing certificates, and authentication via Azure AD credentials so Azure AD can serve as the identity provideridentity providerA service that authenticates users and supplies identity information to other applications. It is the sign-in authority behind many single sign-on systems. for RADIUS without managing users separately. Adds faster EAP reconnect, letting recently authenticated devices skip the full security handshake using a cached session credential.
New MDM policy types across Windows and Applenew65how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity30/30actionability15/3065 / 100
Adds six new Windows MDM policies via the CSPCSPContent Security Policy: a browser security mechanism, standardized by the W3C, that lets a web server declare which sources of scripts, styles, and other resources a page may load, blocking injection attacks. framework: Windows Wi-Fi Configuration Policy, Windows VPNVPNA virtual private network, an encrypted tunnel between devices or networks. It carries traffic across another network as though the endpoints had a private connection. Policy, Install Certificate Policy, Bluetooth Configuration Policy, Control Policy Conflict, and Windows Notification Service, plus a policy to configure Simple Certificate Enrollment Protocol (SCEPSCEPSimple Certificate Enrollment Protocol, an IETF-standardized protocol for automating X.509 certificate issuance and renewal over HTTP, letting cyber tools request PKI certificates from a CA without manual intervention.) for Windows devices. Later adds two MDM policies restricting Apple Intelligence features on iOS/iPadOS 18.1 and macOS 15.1 Sequoia devices, and three new Windows Personalization policies: Taskbar Customization, Screen Saver Configuration, and Desktop and Lock Screen Settings.
Remote Assist launchnew60how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability10/3060 / 100
Launches JumpCloud Remote Assist for free remote desktop access on Windows and macOS devices (requires JumpCloud Agent v1.61.0 or later), with no limits on session time or number of sessions.
Remote Assist session controls and architecture-specific packagesimproved60how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability10/3060 / 100
Remote Assist adds access to the initial Windows Server login screen (admins can authenticate and interact as any user), user account switching during sessions, and a Ctrl+Alt+Del command shortcut in the Session Options toolbar. Later ships as two architecture-specific packages — ARM64ARM64The 64-bit instruction set architecture from ARM Holdings, used in modern mobile chips, Apple Silicon, and cloud server CPUs; tools target it to run natively on those platforms without emulation overhead. for Apple Silicon and x86_64 for Intel — automatically selecting the appropriate binary.
Password Manager Desktop App UI quality-of-life improvementsimproved60how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity25/30actionability15/3060 / 100
Adds Download Logs and Keyboard Shortcuts options under Settings, multi-select functionality, and item sorting; later adds archiving (view, delete, and restore archived items), pagination displaying 100 items per page, a Copy button in the Password History area, sorting items by nickname, and a What's New link on Settings > General.
LDAP cipher suite restrictionbreaking60how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity25/30actionability15/3060 / 100
LDAPLDAPA protocol for querying and modifying directory services, standardized under RFC 4511, commonly used to look up users, groups, and attributes in corporate identity stores like Active Directory. no longer accepts connections using CBC-mode or SHA-1SHA-1A cryptographic hash function standardized by NIST that produces a 160-bit digest; tools use it for file integrity checks, though it is now considered cryptographically broken and unsuitable for collision-resistant applications./SHA-256SHA-256A cryptographic hash function that turns data into a fixed 256-bit fingerprint. It is used to check integrity; hashing does not encrypt the original data. integrity cipher suites with RSARSAThe oldest widely used public-key algorithm, for both encryption and signatures, with security resting on factoring large numbers. A large quantum computer would break it. or ECDHE key exchange — any LDAP client configured to use those suites will fail to connect.
SaaS Management app discoverynew55how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity20/30actionability10/3055 / 100
Introduces SaaS Management — discover and track SaaS app use via the JumpCloud Go browser extension, categorize apps, restrict access with warning or blocking messaging, and gather usage insights.
Asset Management enhancementsimproved55how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity25/30actionability10/3055 / 100
Adds asset cloning with auto-clearing of unique fields to prevent duplicates, file upload support (Invoice field under Purchase Details, plus custom File Upload type fields) for attaching invoices or contracts, Disk Size added to Hardware Specifications, and Local Device Accounts added to the Asset Detail page.
Directory Insights filter refinement for application and resource namesimproved55how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity25/30actionability10/3055 / 100
Refines Directory Insights filters, splitting Application Name into Application Name, Application Display Name, and Application Display Label, and Resource Name into Resource Name, Resource Display Name, and Resource Display Label.
JumpCloud Case Portalnew50how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity15/30actionability15/3050 / 100
Launches the JumpCloud Case Portal, centralizing support cases and ideas from all organization admins into a filterable list accessible from the Support menu.
Commands queue enrollment automation and running statusnew50how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity20/30actionability10/3050 / 100
Adds a Command After Agent Install command type so admins can specify enrollment commands to run immediately after the JumpCloud agent is installed on new devices, and adds a Running column to the commands queue to distinguish commands waiting in the queue from commands actively running.
New SSO and remote access integrations: Deel and AWS Verified Accessnew50how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity20/30actionability10/3050 / 100
Adds the Deel SSO Connector integration for JumpCloud SSO, and adds AWS Verified Access integration using JumpCloud Go, SAMLSAMLA standard for passing signed identity assertions between a sign-in provider and an application. It lets a user sign in through their organization's identity provider., or OIDCOIDCOpenID Connect, a sign-in protocol built on OAuth 2.0. An application uses identity information from a trusted provider instead of maintaining a separate password for each user. SSO as a VPN-less remote access solution.
Apple MDM enrollment enhancementsnew50how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity20/30actionability10/3050 / 100
Adds Account-Driven User Enrollment (ADUE) for BYODBYODBring Your Own Device: a policy allowing employees to use personal phones, laptops, or tablets for work, creating a network of unmanaged endpoints that cyber tools must monitor or enforce policy on. iOS/iPadOS 18+ devices in MDM, now in general availability, and adds Apple Business Manager as a new service discovery method for Account-Driven Enrollment in Apple MDM.
Background Tools remote command line and file transfernew45how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity15/30actionability10/3045 / 100
Adds remote command line and remote file transfer capabilities via Background Tools, allowing admins to access and troubleshoot end-user devices without interrupting their work.
Self-Service Account Provisioningnew45how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity15/30actionability10/3045 / 100
Introduces Self-Service Account Provisioning, letting new users bind their account to JumpCloud-managed macOS and Windows devices directly from the login window.
Portal UI refinements: password date, application favorites, quick searchimproved45how completely this was documenteddepth15/40specificity20/30actionability10/3045 / 100
Adds a Password Date column (last time a user's password was set) to the Users page in Admin Portal, splits the User Portal Applications area into All Applications and Favorites tabs with starring and responsive search, and adds a Cmd/Ctrl + K keyboard shortcut to the Admin Portal for quick navigation and search.
JumpCloud MCP Server (GA)new45how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity20/30actionability5/3045 / 100
Introduces JumpCloud MCP ServerMCP ServerA process that exposes tools, resources, and prompts over Anthropic's Model Context Protocol, letting an AI agent call external APIs or local services through a standardised interface. (GA), connecting compatible AI tools and code editors to JumpCloud via the Model Context ProtocolModel Context ProtocolModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface..
Legacy Password Manager CSV export enhanced for Vault migrationimproved40how completely this was documenteddepth15/40specificity15/30actionability10/3040 / 100
Enhanced CSV export for the legacy Password Manager adds new data fields to support migration into JumpCloud Vault.
AI Gateway integrations for Notion, Postman, Sentry, Zapier, Zoomnew35how completely this was documenteddepth10/40specificity20/30actionability5/3035 / 100
The AI Gateway adds Notion, Postman, Sentry, Zapier, and Zoom as supported integrations.
— Names five integrations but gives no setup detail.product docs
4400
JumpCloud OpenID Connect (OIDC) SSOnew35how completely this was documenteddepth15/40specificity15/30actionability5/3035 / 100
Introduces JumpCloud OpenID ConnectOpenID ConnectOpenID Connect, a sign-in protocol built on OAuth 2.0. An application uses identity information from a trusted provider instead of maintaining a separate password for each user. (OIDC) Single Sign-On (SSO) for OIDC-capable web applications.
Live chat support for Premium Support customersnew35how completely this was documenteddepth15/40specificity10/30actionability10/3035 / 100
Adds live chat support for Premium Support customers directly within the Admin Portal, with automatic Premium Support status recognition (no PIN required).
WebAuthn enrollment split into Security Keys and Device authenticatorsimproved35how completely this was documenteddepth15/40specificity15/30actionability5/3035 / 100
Adds WebAuthnWebAuthnA web standard that lets a browser prove possession of a passkey or hardware key to a website. It is the browser-facing part of FIDO2 sign-in. enrollment split into separate credential types — Security Keys and Device authenticators — for clearer enrollment.
Stay current on JumpCloud product releases and agent updates by wiring the release notes feed into your RSS reader or SIEMSIEMSecurity information and event management, collecting logs from many systems and correlating events to find suspicious activity. Analysts use it to investigate alerts and incidents. ingest pipeline.
📍Go to the JumpCloud Release Notes and Bug Fixes page › click Subscribe to Release Notes and Bug Fixes RSS Feed › copy the RSS URL into your RSS reader or feed aggregator.
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
!
The GET request for api/systemusers/reactivate/{id} is deprecated and now returns a 404 error; replace it with POST https://console.jumpcloud.com/systemusers/reactivate/{id} with activation_email in the request body.
!
Dynamic Groups API memberQuery filter operators $ge and $le are deprecated; replace with $gte and $lte respectively in all API requests.
!
LDAP no longer accepts connections using CBC-mode or SHA-1/SHA-256 integrity cipher suites with RSA or ECDHE key exchange — any LDAP client configured to use those suites will fail to connect.
!
The .appimage Linux build is no longer supported as of v. 2.2.197 (April 18, 2024); users must migrate to the RPM or Debian build.
JumpCloud 2022 adds passwordless RADIUSRADIUSA networking protocol for centralised authentication, authorisation, and accounting of users connecting to a network, maintained under IETF standards. Cyber tools use it to integrate with existing enterprise identity infrastructure. auth, TOTPTOTPA one-time password algorithm (RFC 6238) that generates short-lived codes from a shared secret and the current time, giving cyber tools phishing-resistant second-factor authentication without a server round-trip. for LDAPLDAPA protocol for querying and modifying directory services, standardized under RFC 4511, commonly used to look up users, groups, and attributes in corporate identity stores like Active Directory., Remote Assist, Password Manager, and new MSPMSPA managed service provider, a company that operates IT services for customers. It may manage systems, networks, backups or other ongoing technology needs. command templates.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Enforce a conditional access policy that blocks login from any device without full-disk encryption — useful for meeting compliance requirements across mixed OS fleets.
📍In the Admin Portal, go to Security › Conditional Access, create or edit a policy, add a Device Condition, and set the encryption requirement to FileVault enabled (macOS), system drive encrypted (Windows), or 'root disk is encrypted' (Linux), then set the policy action to Deny.
Keep Google Chrome patched across every managed OS without creating per-platform policies — ideal for orgs running mixed macOS, Windows, and Linux fleets.
📍In the Admin Portal, go to Device Management › Policies › New Policy, select Universal Browser Patch Management, choose Google Chrome as the target browser, configure the patch schedule, and assign the policy to the desired device group.
Run a consistent SentinelOne agent deployment across all managed endpoints without leaving the JumpCloud console.
📍In the Admin Portal, go to Commands, create a new Command, select the target OS (macOS, Windows, or Linux), paste the SentinelOne agent download and install script, then run it against the target device group.
Adds Command After Agent Install command type so admins can specify enrollment commands to run immediately after the JumpCloud agent is installed on new devices.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds a Running column to the commands queue to distinguish commands waiting in the queue from commands that are actively running.
Introduces certificate-based (passwordless) authentication to JumpCloud RADIUS, supporting any X.509X.509A standard defining the format of public-key certificates, maintained by the ITU-T, used by cyber tools to authenticate identities and establish encrypted connections over TLS and similar protocols.-compliant certificate authority — organizations can import existing certificates for RADIUS auth.
Adds TOTP as a supported MFAMFAMulti-factor authentication, requiring proof from different categories, such as a password and a hardware key, to sign in. It reduces reliance on a password alone. factor for LDAP applications, in addition to the existing JumpCloud Protect push-notification factor.
Adds a disk encryption device condition to Conditional AccessConditional AccessA policy enforcement framework, most commonly Microsoft's in Entra ID, that grants or blocks resource access based on signals like user identity, device state, and location — letting cyber tools trigger step-up auth or deny risky sessions. Policies — admins can allow or deny access based on FileVaultFileVaultApple's full-disk encryption feature built into macOS, using XTS-AES-128 to encrypt the startup volume so that data is unreadable without the user's credentials. (macOS), system drive encryption (Windows), or root disk encryption (Linux) status.
+19 moreshow less
Introduces JumpCloud OpenID ConnectOpenID ConnectOpenID Connect, a sign-in protocol built on OAuth 2.0. An application uses identity information from a trusted provider instead of maintaining a separate password for each user. (OIDCOIDCOpenID Connect, a sign-in protocol built on OAuth 2.0. An application uses identity information from a trusted provider instead of maintaining a separate password for each user.) Single Sign-On (SSOSSOSingle sign-on, using one identity provider to sign in to multiple applications. It reduces separate passwords and centralizes account and access management.) for OIDC-capable web applications.
Adds JumpCloud agent support for Linux Fedora 37.
Enables MSP admins to create and reuse custom command templates across tenant organizations in the Multi-Tenant Portal.
Introduces a universal Google Chrome Browser Patch Management policy covering macOS, Windows, and Linux simultaneously.
Launches JumpCloud Password Manager with end-to-end encrypted local sync, browser extension auto-fill, and secure password sharing — no master password required.
Launches JumpCloud Remote Assist for free remote desktop access on Windows and macOS devices (requires JumpCloud Agent v1.61.0 or later), with no limits on session time or number of sessions.
Adds RADIUS authentication via Azure AD credentials, allowing organizations to use Azure AD as the identity provideridentity providerA service that authenticates users and supplies identity information to other applications. It is the sign-in authority behind many single sign-on systems. for JumpCloud RADIUS without managing users separately.
Adds a Linux Forbidden Services Policy to remove unsupported service types from Linux fleets.
Adds SentinelOne agent installation support via JumpCloud Commands on macOS, Windows, and Linux devices.
Adds the OS Patch Management Policy Report showing applied policies and their current status per device for compliance and troubleshooting.
Adds M365/Azure AD security group support to the JumpCloud Microsoft 365 directory integration.
Adds the Browser Patch Management Policy Report for auditing device browser versions across managed devices.
Adds per-device macOS software update scheduling from the Admin Portal, including configurable install timeframe and user delay/cancel flexibility.
Introduces Identity First Login for the User Portal and SSO applications — a two-screen flow that separates username/email entry from password entry.
Launches the JumpCloud Case Portal, centralizing support cases and ideas from all organization admins into a filterable list accessible from the Support menu.
Adds new MSP homepage widget displaying an aggregate view of all tenant organization reports available to download within the last 24 hours, with bulk export to JSON or CSV.
Adds macOS software management policies to delay or block unwanted upgrades to macOS 13 Ventura.
Adds a Managed Login Items policy for macOS 13 Ventura to prevent end users from disabling persistent software such as the JumpCloud Agent.
Adds live chat support for Premium Support customers directly within the Admin Portal, with automatic Premium Support status recognition (no PIN required).
Adds Command After Agent Install command type so admins can specify enrollment commands to run immediately after the JumpCloud agent is installed on new devices.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Introduces certificate-based (passwordless) authentication to JumpCloud RADIUS, supporting any X.509X.509A standard defining the format of public-key certificates, maintained by the ITU-T, used by cyber tools to authenticate identities and establish encrypted connections over TLS and similar protocols.-compliant certificate authority — organizations can import existing certificates for RADIUS auth.
Introduces JumpCloud OpenID ConnectOpenID ConnectOpenID Connect, a sign-in protocol built on OAuth 2.0. An application uses identity information from a trusted provider instead of maintaining a separate password for each user. (OIDCOIDCOpenID Connect, a sign-in protocol built on OAuth 2.0. An application uses identity information from a trusted provider instead of maintaining a separate password for each user.) Single Sign-On (SSOSSOSingle sign-on, using one identity provider to sign in to multiple applications. It reduces separate passwords and centralizes account and access management.) for OIDC-capable web applications.
Enables MSP admins to create and reuse custom command templates across tenant organizations in the Multi-Tenant Portal.
Introduces a universal Google Chrome Browser Patch Management policy covering macOS, Windows, and Linux simultaneously.
+13 moreshow less
Launches JumpCloud Password Manager with end-to-end encrypted local sync, browser extension auto-fill, and secure password sharing — no master password required.
Launches JumpCloud Remote Assist for free remote desktop access on Windows and macOS devices (requires JumpCloud Agent v1.61.0 or later), with no limits on session time or number of sessions.
Adds RADIUS authentication via Azure AD credentials, allowing organizations to use Azure AD as the identity provideridentity providerA service that authenticates users and supplies identity information to other applications. It is the sign-in authority behind many single sign-on systems. for JumpCloud RADIUS without managing users separately.
Adds a Linux Forbidden Services Policy to remove unsupported service types from Linux fleets.
Adds SentinelOne agent installation support via JumpCloud Commands on macOS, Windows, and Linux devices.
Adds the OS Patch Management Policy Report showing applied policies and their current status per device for compliance and troubleshooting.
Adds the Browser Patch Management Policy Report for auditing device browser versions across managed devices.
Adds per-device macOS software update scheduling from the Admin Portal, including configurable install timeframe and user delay/cancel flexibility.
Introduces Identity First Login for the User Portal and SSO applications — a two-screen flow that separates username/email entry from password entry.
Launches the JumpCloud Case Portal, centralizing support cases and ideas from all organization admins into a filterable list accessible from the Support menu.
Adds new MSP homepage widget displaying an aggregate view of all tenant organization reports available to download within the last 24 hours, with bulk export to JSON or CSV.
Adds macOS software management policies to delay or block unwanted upgrades to macOS 13 Ventura.
Adds a Managed Login Items policy for macOS 13 Ventura to prevent end users from disabling persistent software such as the JumpCloud Agent.
JumpCloud 2023 adds passwordless Go auth, Android zero-touch EMMEMMEnterprise Mobility Management: a category of software for enforcing policies on mobile devices, apps, and data, giving cyber tools a hook to monitor or control endpoints without managing the full OS., dynamic groups, remote background tools, and MSPMSPA managed service provider, a company that operates IT services for customers. It may manage systems, networks, backups or other ongoing technology needs. billing visibility.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Automate device group membership so that newly enrolled macOS endpoints are grouped by vendor without manual assignment.
📍In the Admin Portal, go to Device Groups › Create Group, enable Dynamic, add a rule for the Vendor attribute (e.g., Vendor equals Apple), and optionally enable Review before applying to preview membership changes before they take effect.
Protect admin accounts against MFAMFAMulti-factor authentication, requiring proof from different categories, such as a password and a hardware key, to sign in. It reduces reliance on a password alone. push bombing by tuning the concurrent attempt limit in MFA Configurations.
📍In the Admin Portal, go to Security › MFA Configurations › JumpCloud Protect, locate Push Bombing Mitigation, and adjust the maximum concurrent attempts limit or disable the 60-second block window to match your organisation's risk tolerance.
Adds JumpCloud Go browser extension enabling hardware-protected, phishing-resistant passwordless login using Apple Touch ID and Windows HelloWindows HelloA Microsoft authentication framework built into Windows 10 and later that lets users sign in via biometrics or PIN instead of passwords, giving cyber tools a phishing-resistant credential layer to build on. on managed macOS and Windows devices.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Enforces user and device verification on every SSOSSOSingle sign-on, using one identity provider to sign in to multiple applications. It reduces separate passwords and centralizes account and access management. application session established via JumpCloud Go, with conditional access policies now defaulting to JumpCloud Go as the MFA method.
Supports Android zero-touch enrollment for fully managed, dedicated, and company-owned Android devices with a work profile.
Adds remote command line and remote file transfer capabilities via Background Tools, allowing admins to access and troubleshoot end-user devices without interrupting their work.
Introduces Self-Service Account Provisioning, letting new users bind their account to JumpCloud-managed macOS and Windows devices directly from the login window.
+24 moreshow less
Adds Dynamic Device Groups and Dynamic User Groups, automating group membership based on configurable attribute-based rules with optional pre-apply review.
Adds two new device group attributes — Vendor and Public IP Address — and a new user group attribute — Manager — for dynamic group rules.
Adds MDMMDMMobile device management, centrally configuring and managing enrolled devices. Administrators use it to apply settings, distribute applications and enforce device security policies. Certificate & Token Status Board on the Admin Portal and Multi-Tenant Portal homepages, giving admins and MSP admins an aggregate view of MDM, SSO, and AzureAD token and certificate expiry status.
Adds Password Manager Cloud Backups, allowing admins to enable a secure cloud-based fallback to minimize data loss.
Enables admins to manage Password Manager shared folder assignments and permissions from the Admin Portal, with manual per-folder sync from the desktop app.
Adds support for the Duo Universal Prompt for MFA.
Enables admins to run ad hoc commands on devices and view command-to-device bindings from both the Multi-Tenant Portal and Admin Portal.
Enables admins to add new users and devices, export user and device lists, and perform bulk actions directly from the Multi-Tenant Portal.
Enables Android EMM support for fully managed and dedicated devices for all customers, releasing 7 new policies including Factory Reset Protection, Kiosk Mode, and System Updates.
Adds support for enrolling and managing company-owned and personal Android mobile devices via Android EMM work profile.
Enables Remote Assist access to the initial Windows Server login screen, allowing admins to authenticate and interact as any user.
Adds user account switching during Remote Assist sessions on Windows devices.
Adds a Ctrl+Alt+Del command shortcut in the Remote Assist Session Options toolbar.
Enables ADI installation on Windows Server 2022 domain controllers and member servers without workarounds or reduced functionality.
Adds the Deel SSO Connector integration for JumpCloud SSO.
Adds a Password Date column (last time a user's password was set) to the Users page in Admin Portal.
Splits the User Portal Applications area into All Applications and Favorites tabs, with starring and responsive search.
Enables MFA by default for all new admin accounts.
Adds MSP billing visibility for committed-user plans, including available and consumed license counts and JumpCloud contract download.
Adds AWS Verified Access integration using JumpCloud Go, SAMLSAMLA standard for passing signed identity assertions between a sign-in provider and an application. It lets a user sign in through their organization's identity provider., or OIDCOIDCOpenID Connect, a sign-in protocol built on OAuth 2.0. An application uses identity information from a trusted provider instead of maintaining a separate password for each user. SSO as a VPNVPNA virtual private network, an encrypted tunnel between devices or networks. It carries traffic across another network as though the endpoints had a private connection.-less remote access solution.
Adds WebAuthnWebAuthnA web standard that lets a browser prove possession of a passkey or hardware key to a website. It is the browser-facing part of FIDO2 sign-in. enrollment split into separate credential types — Security Keys and Device authenticators — for clearer enrollment.
Adds Push Bombing Mitigation to JumpCloud Protect, blocking more than one push notification per resource within a 60-second window, configurable in MFA Configurations.
Adds Password Manager Desktop App build for Linux (Debian/Ubuntu x86) with automatic update support.
Enables JumpCloud Protect push notifications to be approved or denied directly from the device lock screen via long-press (iOS) or notification expansion (Android).
Adds JumpCloud Go browser extension enabling hardware-protected, phishing-resistant passwordless login using Apple Touch ID and Windows HelloWindows HelloA Microsoft authentication framework built into Windows 10 and later that lets users sign in via biometrics or PIN instead of passwords, giving cyber tools a phishing-resistant credential layer to build on. on managed macOS and Windows devices.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Supports Android zero-touch enrollment for fully managed, dedicated, and company-owned Android devices with a work profile.
Adds remote command line and remote file transfer capabilities via Background Tools, allowing admins to access and troubleshoot end-user devices without interrupting their work.
Introduces Self-Service Account Provisioning, letting new users bind their account to JumpCloud-managed macOS and Windows devices directly from the login window.
Adds Dynamic Device Groups and Dynamic User Groups, automating group membership based on configurable attribute-based rules with optional pre-apply review.
+14 moreshow less
Adds MDMMDMMobile device management, centrally configuring and managing enrolled devices. Administrators use it to apply settings, distribute applications and enforce device security policies. Certificate & Token Status Board on the Admin Portal and Multi-Tenant Portal homepages, giving admins and MSP admins an aggregate view of MDM, SSO, and AzureAD token and certificate expiry status.
Adds Password Manager Cloud Backups, allowing admins to enable a secure cloud-based fallback to minimize data loss.
Enables admins to manage Password Manager shared folder assignments and permissions from the Admin Portal, with manual per-folder sync from the desktop app.
Adds support for the Duo Universal Prompt for MFA.
Enables admins to run ad hoc commands on devices and view command-to-device bindings from both the Multi-Tenant Portal and Admin Portal.
Enables admins to add new users and devices, export user and device lists, and perform bulk actions directly from the Multi-Tenant Portal.
Adds support for enrolling and managing company-owned and personal Android mobile devices via Android EMM work profile.
Adds user account switching during Remote Assist sessions on Windows devices.
Adds a Ctrl+Alt+Del command shortcut in the Remote Assist Session Options toolbar.
Adds the Deel SSO Connector integration for JumpCloud SSO.
Adds MSP billing visibility for committed-user plans, including available and consumed license counts and JumpCloud contract download.
Adds AWS Verified Access integration using JumpCloud Go, SAMLSAMLA standard for passing signed identity assertions between a sign-in provider and an application. It lets a user sign in through their organization's identity provider., or OIDCOIDCOpenID Connect, a sign-in protocol built on OAuth 2.0. An application uses identity information from a trusted provider instead of maintaining a separate password for each user. SSO as a VPNVPNA virtual private network, an encrypted tunnel between devices or networks. It carries traffic across another network as though the endpoints had a private connection.-less remote access solution.
Adds Push Bombing Mitigation to JumpCloud Protect, blocking more than one push notification per resource within a 60-second window, configurable in MFA Configurations.
Adds Password Manager Desktop App build for Linux (Debian/Ubuntu x86) with automatic update support.
JumpCloud 2024 adds Device Monitoring & Alerting, Windows App Catalog, SaaS ManagementSaaS ManagementA category of software that tracks, governs, and optimises an organisation's portfolio of SaaS subscriptions, covering spend, access, and licence utilisation from a single control plane., CSP-based MDMCSP-based MDMMobile Device Management delivered by a cloud service provider rather than an on-premises server, letting cyber tools enforce device policies without the operator running dedicated MDM infrastructure. policies, and API filter improvements.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ TRY IT
Query users whose department is Finance | Accounting or IT, using the newly escapable pipe character in an in filter.
Enforce MFAMFAMulti-factor authentication, requiring proof from different categories, such as a password and a hardware key, to sign in. It reduces reliance on a password alone. for all MSPMSPA managed service provider, a company that operates IT services for customers. It may manage systems, networks, backups or other ongoing technology needs. admins in bulk from the Multi-Tenant Portal to close gaps left by per-account settings.
📍In the Admin Portal, go to Account › Settings and enable the Global MFA Requirement toggle under the Global MFA Requirement section.
Update an existing automation that reactivates user accounts to use the new POST endpoint before the deprecated GET starts returning 404.
Adds | (pipe) escape support via \ in in and nin API filter operators, enabling pipe characters within search terms — e.g.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ GET /systemusers?filter=department:$in:Finance | Accounting|IT.
Adds six new Windows MDMMDMMobile device management, centrally configuring and managing enrolled devices. Administrators use it to apply settings, distribute applications and enforce device security policies. policies via CSPCSPContent Security Policy: a browser security mechanism, standardized by the W3C, that lets a web server declare which sources of scripts, styles, and other resources a page may load, blocking injection attacks. framework: Windows Wi-Fi Configuration Policy, Windows VPNVPNA virtual private network, an encrypted tunnel between devices or networks. It carries traffic across another network as though the endpoints had a private connection. Policy, Install Certificate Policy, Bluetooth Configuration Policy, Control Policy Conflict, and Windows Notification Service.
Adds a new Windows MDM policy to configure Simple Certificate Enrollment Protocol (SCEPSCEPSimple Certificate Enrollment Protocol, an IETF-standardized protocol for automating X.509 certificate issuance and renewal over HTTP, letting cyber tools request PKI certificates from a CA without manual intervention.) for Windows devices.
Introduces JumpCloud Device Monitoring and Alerting — monitor device health (availability, software, uptime, disk, battery), policy/command/software management results, directory events (user addition, privilege elevation), and custom alerts via command execution monitoring, manageable from the Admin Portal or MTP; supports Windows, macOS, and Linux.
Introduces the JumpCloud App Catalog for Windows, enabling install and auto-update management of 1Password, Adobe Acrobat Reader DC, Chrome, Firefox, Google Drive, OneDrive, OpenVPN, Slack, Webex, and Zoom.
+11 moreshow less
Introduces SaaSSaaSSoftware delivered over the internet and run on the provider's infrastructure, so the buyer pays a subscription instead of installing or operating anything locally. Management — discover and track SaaS app use via the JumpCloud Go browser extension, categorize apps, restrict access with warning or blocking messaging, and gather usage insights.
Adds Account-Driven User Enrollment (ADUE) for BYODBYODBring Your Own Device: a policy allowing employees to use personal phones, laptops, or tablets for work, creating a network of unmanaged endpoints that cyber tools must monitor or enforce policy on. iOS/iPadOS 18+ devices in MDM, now in general availability.
Adds two new MDM policies to restrict Apple Intelligence features on iOS/iPadOS 18.1 and macOS 15.1 Sequoia devices.
Adds full Android 15 MDM support.
Adds Cmd/Ctrl + K keyboard shortcut to the Admin Portal for quick navigation and search.
Adds Global MFA Requirement setting under Account > Settings in the Multi-Tenant Portal, enabling bulk MFA enforcement across all MSP admins.
Adds a User Portal > Security > Multi-Factor Authentication section to manage JumpCloud Go sessions on user devices.
JumpCloud Go sessions now automatically refresh on device login or unlock, enabling seamless browser access to protected resources.
Enables users to reset passwords from the User Portal when MFA is enforced but not yet enrolled.
Remote Assist now ships as two architecture-specific packages — ARM64ARM64The 64-bit instruction set architecture from ARM Holdings, used in modern mobile chips, Apple Silicon, and cloud server CPUs; tools target it to run natively on those platforms without emulation overhead. for Apple Silicon and x86_64 for Intel — automatically selecting the appropriate binary.
Adds Password Manager Desktop App options for Download Logs and Keyboard Shortcuts under Settings, plus multi-select functionality and item sorting.
Adds | (pipe) escape support via \ in in and nin API filter operators, enabling pipe characters within search terms — e.g.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ GET /systemusers?filter=department:$in:Finance | Accounting|IT.
Adds six new Windows MDMMDMMobile device management, centrally configuring and managing enrolled devices. Administrators use it to apply settings, distribute applications and enforce device security policies. policies via CSPCSPContent Security Policy: a browser security mechanism, standardized by the W3C, that lets a web server declare which sources of scripts, styles, and other resources a page may load, blocking injection attacks. framework: Windows Wi-Fi Configuration Policy, Windows VPNVPNA virtual private network, an encrypted tunnel between devices or networks. It carries traffic across another network as though the endpoints had a private connection. Policy, Install Certificate Policy, Bluetooth Configuration Policy, Control Policy Conflict, and Windows Notification Service.
Adds a new Windows MDM policy to configure Simple Certificate Enrollment Protocol (SCEPSCEPSimple Certificate Enrollment Protocol, an IETF-standardized protocol for automating X.509 certificate issuance and renewal over HTTP, letting cyber tools request PKI certificates from a CA without manual intervention.) for Windows devices.
Introduces JumpCloud Device Monitoring and Alerting — monitor device health (availability, software, uptime, disk, battery), policy/command/software management results, directory events (user addition, privilege elevation), and custom alerts via command execution monitoring, manageable from the Admin Portal or MTP; supports Windows, macOS, and Linux.
Introduces the JumpCloud App Catalog for Windows, enabling install and auto-update management of 1Password, Adobe Acrobat Reader DC, Chrome, Firefox, Google Drive, OneDrive, OpenVPN, Slack, Webex, and Zoom.
+5 moreshow less
Introduces SaaSSaaSSoftware delivered over the internet and run on the provider's infrastructure, so the buyer pays a subscription instead of installing or operating anything locally. Management — discover and track SaaS app use via the JumpCloud Go browser extension, categorize apps, restrict access with warning or blocking messaging, and gather usage insights.
Adds Account-Driven User Enrollment (ADUE) for BYODBYODBring Your Own Device: a policy allowing employees to use personal phones, laptops, or tablets for work, creating a network of unmanaged endpoints that cyber tools must monitor or enforce policy on. iOS/iPadOS 18+ devices in MDM, now in general availability.
Adds two new MDM policies to restrict Apple Intelligence features on iOS/iPadOS 18.1 and macOS 15.1 Sequoia devices.
Adds Cmd/Ctrl + K keyboard shortcut to the Admin Portal for quick navigation and search.
Adds Global MFA Requirement setting under Account > Settings in the Multi-Tenant Portal, enabling bulk MFA enforcement across all MSP admins.
6 more in Everything
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
!The GET request for api/systemusers/reactivate/{id} is deprecated and now returns a 404 error; replace it with POST https://console.jumpcloud.com/systemusers/reactivate/{id} with activation_email in the request body.
!Dynamic Groups API memberQuery filter operators $ge and $le are deprecated; replace with $gte and $lte respectively in all API requests.
JumpCloud: Adds Authentication Methods References (AMRAMRAutonomous Mobile Robot — a self-navigating wheeled platform that maps its environment and plans its own path; cyber tools might target AMR firmware or fleet-management APIs in OT/ICS assessments.) claims to SAMLSAMLA standard for passing signed identity assertions between a sign-in provider and an application. It lets a user sign in through their organization's identity provider. assertions and OIDCOIDCOpenID Connect, a sign-in protocol built on OAuth 2.0. An application uses identity information from a trusted provider instead of maintaining a separate password for each user. ID tokens, tagging logins with proof of factors used (e.g., password + OTPOTPOne-time password: a short-lived numeric or alphanumeric code valid for a single authentication attempt, generated via TOTP or HOTP standards, giving cyber tools phishing-resistant second-factor verification without stored shared secrets.).
└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Scope a procurement team member's admin access to Asset Management only, without granting broader Admin Portal rights.
📍In the Admin Portal, go to Administrators › Roles, assign the built-in Asset Manager role to the admin account for the procurement team member.
Adds support for ForceAuthn="true" in SAML and prompt=login in OIDC so applications can trigger step-up authentication without ending a user's existing session.
Introduces JumpCloud Access Requests, enabling configurable approval flows, in-console request management, Directory Insights event tracking, and webhook integration with ticketing systems such as JIRA.
Introduces JumpCloud MCP ServerMCP ServerA process that exposes tools, resources, and prompts over Anthropic's Model Context Protocol, letting an AI agent call external APIs or local services through a standardised interface. (GA), connecting compatible AI tools and code editors to JumpCloud via the Model Context ProtocolModel Context ProtocolModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface..
Introduces AI Commands Builder (GA) to generate and refine commands for Windows, macOS, and Linux devices from plain-English prompts inside the Admin Portal.
Introduces the Shadow AI Dashboard, giving visibility into generative AI app usage, adoption by department, and most active users within JumpCloud AI & SaaS ManagementSaaS ManagementA category of software that tracks, governs, and optimises an organisation's portfolio of SaaS subscriptions, covering spend, access, and licence utilisation from a single control plane..
+14 moreshow less
Adds IPA file support to the JumpCloud Private Repository, enabling upload and deployment of IPA-based app packages to iOS and iPadOS devices.
Introduces a new Asset Manager role in the Admin Portal for dedicated access to Asset Management without broader Admin Portal permissions.
Adds asset cloning capability, auto-clearing unique fields during cloning to prevent duplicates.
Introduces file upload support (Invoice field under Purchase Details) for attaching invoices or contracts directly to asset records, including custom File Upload type fields.
Adds Disk Size to Hardware Specifications and Local Device Accounts to the Asset Detail page in Asset Management.
Adds Service Account for APIs, allowing API service accounts not tied to individual Admin accounts.
Introduces Custom Admin Roles for granular, responsibility-based role configuration across direct organizations.
Adds user group exclusion from JumpCloud Protect Push enforcement, allowing excluded groups to use TOTPTOTPA one-time password algorithm (RFC 6238) that generates short-lived codes from a shared secret and the current time, giving cyber tools phishing-resistant second-factor authentication without a server round-trip. only.
Adds source IP tracking for incoming LDAPLDAPA protocol for querying and modifying directory services, standardized under RFC 4511, commonly used to look up users, groups, and attributes in corporate identity stores like Active Directory. requests for enhanced security and traceability.
Adds Apple Business Manager as a new service discovery method for Account-driven Enrollment in Apple MDMMDMMobile device management, centrally configuring and managing enrolled devices. Administrators use it to apply settings, distribute applications and enforce device security policies..
Introduces three new Windows Personalization policies: Taskbar Customization, Screen Saver Configuration, and Desktop and Lock Screen Settings.
Adds faster EAP reconnect by allowing recently authenticated devices to skip the full security handshake using a cached session credential.
Adds SaaSSaaSSoftware delivered over the internet and run on the provider's infrastructure, so the buyer pays a subscription instead of installing or operating anything locally. License Management (GA) with automated license tracking and cost optimization via connectors.
Refines Directory Insights filters, splitting Application Name into Application Name, Application Display Name, and Application Display Label, and Resource Name into Resource Name, Resource Display Name, and Resource Display Label.
Adds support for ForceAuthn="true" in SAML and prompt=login in OIDC so applications can trigger step-up authentication without ending a user's existing session.
Introduces JumpCloud Access Requests, enabling configurable approval flows, in-console request management, Directory Insights event tracking, and webhook integration with ticketing systems such as JIRA.
Introduces JumpCloud MCP ServerMCP ServerA process that exposes tools, resources, and prompts over Anthropic's Model Context Protocol, letting an AI agent call external APIs or local services through a standardised interface. (GA), connecting compatible AI tools and code editors to JumpCloud via the Model Context ProtocolModel Context ProtocolModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface..
Introduces AI Commands Builder (GA) to generate and refine commands for Windows, macOS, and Linux devices from plain-English prompts inside the Admin Portal.
Introduces the Shadow AI Dashboard, giving visibility into generative AI app usage, adoption by department, and most active users within JumpCloud AI & SaaS ManagementSaaS ManagementA category of software that tracks, governs, and optimises an organisation's portfolio of SaaS subscriptions, covering spend, access, and licence utilisation from a single control plane..
+9 moreshow less
Adds IPA file support to the JumpCloud Private Repository, enabling upload and deployment of IPA-based app packages to iOS and iPadOS devices.
Introduces a new Asset Manager role in the Admin Portal for dedicated access to Asset Management without broader Admin Portal permissions.
Adds asset cloning capability, auto-clearing unique fields during cloning to prevent duplicates.
Introduces file upload support (Invoice field under Purchase Details) for attaching invoices or contracts directly to asset records, including custom File Upload type fields.
Adds Service Account for APIs, allowing API service accounts not tied to individual Admin accounts.
Introduces Custom Admin Roles for granular, responsibility-based role configuration across direct organizations.
Adds source IP tracking for incoming LDAPLDAPA protocol for querying and modifying directory services, standardized under RFC 4511, commonly used to look up users, groups, and attributes in corporate identity stores like Active Directory. requests for enhanced security and traceability.
Introduces three new Windows Personalization policies: Taskbar Customization, Screen Saver Configuration, and Desktop and Lock Screen Settings.
Adds SaaSSaaSSoftware delivered over the internet and run on the provider's infrastructure, so the buyer pays a subscription instead of installing or operating anything locally. License Management (GA) with automated license tracking and cost optimization via connectors.
5 more in Everything
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
!LDAP no longer accepts connections using CBC-mode or SHA-1SHA-1A cryptographic hash function standardized by NIST that produces a 160-bit digest; tools use it for file integrity checks, though it is now considered cryptographically broken and unsuitable for collision-resistant applications./SHA-256SHA-256A cryptographic hash function that turns data into a fixed 256-bit fingerprint. It is used to check integrity; hashing does not encrypt the original data. integrity cipher suites with RSARSAThe oldest widely used public-key algorithm, for both encryption and signatures, with security resting on factoring large numbers. A large quantum computer would break it. or ECDHE key exchange — any LDAP client configured to use those suites will fail to connect.
JumpCloud adds Password Vault across Admin/User portals and mobile, Agent Identities for non-human IAMIAMIdentity and Access Management — a framework of policies and services for controlling who can authenticate to systems and what resources they are authorized to use, letting cyber tools enforce least-privilege and audit access., and GA Access Risk Detection with behavior-based anomaly alerting.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Register a new AI agent and scope its access — useful when onboarding an Amazon Bedrock AgentCore integration that requires Client secret post auth.
📍1. Go to Identity Management › Agents and click + Add.
2. Enter the agent name, owner, and company email on the Details tab.
3. On the Authentication tab, generate OAuth client credentials and set the client authentication type to Client secret post.
4. Under Identity Management › Agent Groups, create an Agent Group, add the agent, and assign the target SSO applications.
5. On the agent Applications tab, click Manage connections to authorize the relevant MCP servers on behalf of the agent.
Surface and connect a device-discovered MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. server to AI Gateway from the SaaS ManagementSaaS ManagementA category of software that tracks, governs, and optimises an organisation's portfolio of SaaS subscriptions, covering spend, access, and licence utilisation from a single control plane. view, without switching to a separate tool.
📍1. Go to Access › AI & SaaS Management › Applications.
2. Check the MCP Connection column for an app showing Discovered.
3. Click the status to review the discovered MCP servers.
4. Click Add MCP Server to register it in AI Gateway.
Enable Access Risk Detection and route high-severity alerts to Slack and a webhook for SOCSOCA security operations center, the team or function that monitors threats, investigates alerts and coordinates incident response. Its work can be internal, outsourced or shared. triage.
📍1. Go to Configure Access Risk Detection in the Admin Portal.
2. Select the risk factors to monitor (e.g., impossible travel, unfamiliar devices, dormant accounts) and tune thresholds for your environment.
3. Under notifications, add your Slack channel and webhook URL, mapped to the appropriate severity levels.
4. Save — risky logins will now trigger alerts and auto-resolve when the user completes MFA.
Adds Access > AI & SaaS Management > Applications view with an MCP Connection column showing Discovered, Connected, or Not Available status for each app, plus an Add MCP Server action to connect discovered MCP servers to AI Gateway without switching tools.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds configurable client authentication type (Client secret basic or Client secret post) on the agent Authentication tab for OAuth credential requests, enabling compatibility with platforms such as Amazon Bedrock AgentCore.
Adds Password Vault to the Admin Portal, enabling administrators to enable the vault, assign access to users and user groups, manage shared credentials and websites with Connect, View, Edit, and Manage permissions, monitor password health from an Overview dashboard, and view audit logs in Directory Insights.
Adds Password Vault to the User Portal (left navigation after login), supporting credential and website management, shared folders, and bulk import via CSV or Excel file.
Adds Password Vault autofill to the JumpCloud Go browser extension, supporting non-SSOSSOSingle sign-on, using one identity provider to sign in to multiple applications. It reduces separate passwords and centralizes account and access management. website password autofill, 2FA code launch, secret viewing, and save-on-login/update/signup without device registration.
+1 moreshow less
Adds Access Risk Detection (now generally available) with behavior-based anomaly detection covering unusual locations, impossible travel, unfamiliar devices/browsers, unusual applications and login times, dormant accounts, and abnormal login volumes, plus automatic MFAMFAMulti-factor authentication, requiring proof from different categories, such as a password and a hardware key, to sign in. It reduces reliance on a password alone.-based resolution, intelligent VPNVPNA virtual private network, an encrypted tunnel between devices or networks. It carries traffic across another network as though the endpoints had a private connection./gateway suppression, customizable risk factor thresholds, and email, Slack, and webhook severity-based notifications.
Adds Access > AI & SaaS Management > Applications view with an MCP Connection column showing Discovered, Connected, or Not Available status for each app, plus an Add MCP Server action to connect discovered MCP servers to AI Gateway without switching tools.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds Password Vault to the Admin Portal, enabling administrators to enable the vault, assign access to users and user groups, manage shared credentials and websites with Connect, View, Edit, and Manage permissions, monitor password health from an Overview dashboard, and view audit logs in Directory Insights.
Adds Password Vault to the User Portal (left navigation after login), supporting credential and website management, shared folders, and bulk import via CSV or Excel file.
Adds Password Vault autofill to the JumpCloud Go browser extension, supporting non-SSOSSOSingle sign-on, using one identity provider to sign in to multiple applications. It reduces separate passwords and centralizes account and access management. website password autofill, 2FA code launch, secret viewing, and save-on-login/update/signup without device registration.
Adds Access Risk Detection (now generally available) with behavior-based anomaly detection covering unusual locations, impossible travel, unfamiliar devices/browsers, unusual applications and login times, dormant accounts, and abnormal login volumes, plus automatic MFAMFAMulti-factor authentication, requiring proof from different categories, such as a password and a hardware key, to sign in. It reduces reliance on a password alone.-based resolution, intelligent VPNVPNA virtual private network, an encrypted tunnel between devices or networks. It carries traffic across another network as though the endpoints had a private connection./gateway suppression, customizable risk factor thresholds, and email, Slack, and webhook severity-based notifications.
JumpCloud Password Manager Desktop App adds EU region support, 30K-item capacity, ARMARMA family of RISC processor architectures designed by Arm Holdings and licensed to chip makers worldwide; tools target it to run natively on mobile, embedded, and increasingly server and desktop hardware. build for Apple Silicon, and admin shared-folder management.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds region selection on the activation page (desktop app) and pairing page (browser extension), with EU region now supported.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Scales item storage to up to 30,000 items (without autofill) or 13,000 items (with autofill); a single shared folder can hold up to 5,000 items.
Introduces a Move All items button in shared folders to relocate all items from a folder in one action.
Introduces an auto-lock schedule with a default of 15 minutes of inactivity and a maximum of 1,440 minutes (24 hours).
Adds an ARM build for macOS devices with M1 and above silicon, available on the Downloads page, with automatic upgrade from x64.
+11 moreshow less
Adds an Auto Lock setting that locks the app when the device is locked.
Admins can install and update the Password Manager desktop app via a new command template v.2.0.0 on Windows and macOS, removing the need for user admin permissions after the first run.
Adds admin ability to create, update, and manage shared folders, including assigning users or user groups to any shared folder.
Adds an RPM build for Linux (x64 Red Hat/Fedora distributions), in addition to the existing Debian build; both auto-update.
Adds archiving functionality, allowing users to view, delete, and restore archived items.
Items list is now paginated, displaying 100 items per page.
Adds a Copy button to the Password History area.
Captures shared folder events and syncs them to Directory Insights in the JumpCloud Admin Portal.
Users can sort items by nicknames.
Adds a What's New link on the Settings > General screen for access to a running list of desktop app updates.
Enhanced CSV export for the legacy Password Manager adds new data fields to support migration into JumpCloud Vault.
Adds region selection on the activation page (desktop app) and pairing page (browser extension), with EU region now supported.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Introduces a Move All items button in shared folders to relocate all items from a folder in one action.
Introduces an auto-lock schedule with a default of 15 minutes of inactivity and a maximum of 1,440 minutes (24 hours).
Adds an ARM build for macOS devices with M1 and above silicon, available on the Downloads page, with automatic upgrade from x64.
Adds an Auto Lock setting that locks the app when the device is locked.
+6 moreshow less
Admins can install and update the Password Manager desktop app via a new command template v.2.0.0 on Windows and macOS, removing the need for user admin permissions after the first run.
Adds admin ability to create, update, and manage shared folders, including assigning users or user groups to any shared folder.
Adds an RPM build for Linux (x64 Red Hat/Fedora distributions), in addition to the existing Debian build; both auto-update.
Adds archiving functionality, allowing users to view, delete, and restore archived items.
Captures shared folder events and syncs them to Directory Insights in the JumpCloud Admin Portal.
Adds a What's New link on the Settings > General screen for access to a running list of desktop app updates.
5 more in Everything
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
!The .appimage Linux build is no longer supported as of v. 2.2.197 (April 18, 2024); users must migrate to the RPM or Debian build.
JumpCloud Password Vault is now GA: a centralized, encrypted enterprise credential manager with audit logs, health dashboard, and mobile MFAMFAMulti-factor authentication, requiring proof from different categories, such as a password and a hardware key, to sign in. It reduces reliance on a password alone. integration.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Review the Password Health Dashboard to proactively identify weak or expired credentials across the organization before a breach forces a reactive response.
📍In the JumpCloud Admin Portal, go to Password Vault › Password Health Dashboard to view organization-wide credential health, including expired, expiring, weak, and inactive credentials.
Reassign a departing employee's credentials to a colleague to prevent business disruption during offboarding.
📍In the JumpCloud Admin Portal, navigate to Password Vault, locate the orphaned folder created for the offboarded user, and assign it to the replacement user.
Adds JumpCloud Password Vault, a new cloud-first enterprise credential management solution that centralizes all company passwords and secrets in a single encrypted vault with unlimited organizational credential storage.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds a Password Health Dashboard providing organization-wide visibility into expired, expiring, weak, and inactive credentials alongside a built-in password generator to enforce strong, unique passwords.
Adds four distinct credential sharing permission levels — Connect, View Secret, View Details, and Manage — replacing ad-hoc sharing over email or chat.
Extends the JumpCloud Go browser extension to unify Password Vault management, JumpCloud Go authentication, SSOSSOSingle sign-on, using one identity provider to sign in to multiple applications. It reduces separate passwords and centralizes account and access management. access, and SaaSSaaSSoftware delivered over the internet and run on the provider's infrastructure, so the buyer pays a subscription instead of installing or operating anything locally. management in a single extension, enabling automatic sign-in to non-SSO apps without exposing the password.
Extends JumpCloud Protect mobile app to combine corporate MFA and Password Vault access in a single app, eliminating the need for separate authenticator and password manager apps.
+2 moreshow less
Adds User Credential Transfer capability: when an employee offboards, their credentials are placed in an orphaned folder that can be reassigned to another user.
Captures all credential access events in immutable audit logs via JumpCloud Directory Insights for compliance and tamper-proof audit trails.
Adds JumpCloud Password Vault, a new cloud-first enterprise credential management solution that centralizes all company passwords and secrets in a single encrypted vault with unlimited organizational credential storage.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds a Password Health Dashboard providing organization-wide visibility into expired, expiring, weak, and inactive credentials alongside a built-in password generator to enforce strong, unique passwords.
Adds four distinct credential sharing permission levels — Connect, View Secret, View Details, and Manage — replacing ad-hoc sharing over email or chat.
Adds User Credential Transfer capability: when an employee offboards, their credentials are placed in an orphaned folder that can be reassigned to another user.
Captures all credential access events in immutable audit logs via JumpCloud Directory Insights for compliance and tamper-proof audit trails.
Auth0 shipped early-access custom user_id assignment via Actions, a new My Organization API with bulk invitation and role-based member management (plus embeddable UI components), and a native v0 integration that wires real Auth0 tenants into generated apps.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Secure users, AI agents, and more with Auth0, an easy-to-implement, scalable, and adaptable authentication and authorization platform.
Auth0 shipped early-access custom user_id assignment via Actions, a new My Organization API with bulk invitation and role-based member management (plus embeddable UI components), and a native v0 integration that wires real Auth0 tenants into generated apps.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
3 FEATURES3 OF 3 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0101
Member management in the My Organization APInew88how completely this was documenteddepth35/40specificity28/30actionability25/3088 / 100
Early Access adds bulk member invitation (up to 10 invitees in a single atomic request, with pre-assigned roles and routing through a specific identity provideridentity providerA service that authenticates users and supplies identity information to other applications. It is the sign-in authority behind many single sign-on systems. or user store), member listing/retrieval with field projection and checkpoint-based pagination, and role assignment/removal through the API or embeddable UI components — with guardrails preventing delegated admins from assigning roles exceeding their own.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ A new none, readonly, limited, and full access level model is computed automatically from a member's organization connection access levels, embeddable UI components show or hide actions based on effective permissions sourced from the ID token with no extra API call, and tenant log events are emitted for all member, invitation, and role operations. Enable it via Applications > APIs in the Auth0 Dashboard.
Activate the My Organization API for your tenant so organization administrators can begin managing members, invitations, and roles.
📍In the Auth0 Dashboard, go to Applications › APIs and activate the My Organization API.
Custom user_id assignment via pre-user-registration Actionsnew80how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity25/30actionability25/3080 / 100
Adds api.user.setUserId(), callable inside a pre-user-registration Action, to assign a custom user_id — UUIDsUUIDsA universally unique identifier, usually a 128-bit value used to identify an object across systems. It is designed to make independently generated identifiers unlikely to collide., domain-specific IDs, or legacy-compatible IDs — to new database-connection users at signup, replacing the automatic auth0|<id> format. Custom user IDs are supported across Database connections (including custom databases with automatic migration), Universal Login sign-up, the Authentication API signup endpoint, and the Management API Create User endpoint.
Assign a UUIDUUIDA universally unique identifier, usually a 128-bit value used to identify an object across systems. It is designed to make independently generated identifiers unlikely to collide.-format user_id at signup to keep identity consistent between newly-registered users and records imported from a legacy system.
Native Auth0 integration for v0new72how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity22/30actionability25/3072 / 100
A new Auth0 integration for v0 lets prompts create Auth0 applications, set up identity connections, and wire the Auth0 SDK into generated code without leaving v0's conversational workflow, supporting B2B use cases, enterprise identity provider connections, and MFAMFAMulti-factor authentication, requiring proof from different categories, such as a password and a hardware key, to sign in. It reduces reliance on a password alone. requirements configured directly from prompts against a real Auth0 tenant. Install it from v0 project settings under the Integrations tab by searching for Auth0 and clicking Install, then linking or creating an Auth0 account.
Add real Auth0 authentication — including protected routes and session handling — to a v0-built app without leaving your prompt session.
📍In v0, open your project settings, navigate to the Integrations tab, search for Auth0, click Install, and complete the account link. Then prompt: 'Allow users to sign up and log in to access the application using the Auth0 integration.'
— Exact UI path and prompt example given, but mechanism stays high-level.launch-20260916-0bc01060
Auth0 Actions can now assign custom user_id values at signup via api.user.setUserId() in pre-user-registration hooks.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ USE IT
Assign a UUIDUUIDA universally unique identifier, usually a 128-bit value used to identify an object across systems. It is designed to make independently generated identifiers unlikely to collide.-format user_id at signup to keep identity consistent between newly-registered users and records imported from a legacy system.
Adds api.user.setUserId() method callable inside a pre-user-registration Action to assign a custom user_id — UUIDsUUIDsA universally unique identifier, usually a 128-bit value used to identify an object across systems. It is designed to make independently generated identifiers unlikely to collide., domain-specific IDs, or legacy-compatible IDs — to new database-connection users at signup, replacing the automatic auth0|<id> format.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Supports custom user IDs across Database connections (including custom databases with automatic migration), Universal Login sign-up, the Authentication API signup endpoint, and the Management API Create User endpoint.
Adds api.user.setUserId() method callable inside a pre-user-registration Action to assign a custom user_id — UUIDsUUIDsA universally unique identifier, usually a 128-bit value used to identify an object across systems. It is designed to make independently generated identifiers unlikely to collide., domain-specific IDs, or legacy-compatible IDs — to new database-connection users at signup, replacing the automatic auth0|<id> format.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Auth0 My Organization API adds Member Management in Early Access: bulk invitations, role assignment, and embeddable UI components for B2B SaaSSaaSSoftware delivered over the internet and run on the provider's infrastructure, so the buyer pays a subscription instead of installing or operating anything locally..︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Activate the My Organization API for your tenant so organization administrators can begin managing members, invitations, and roles.
📍In the Auth0 Dashboard, go to Applications › APIs and activate the My Organization API.
Adds bulk member invitation via the My Organization API, supporting up to 10 invitees in a single atomic request with pre-assigned roles and routing through a specific identity provideridentity providerA service that authenticates users and supplies identity information to other applications. It is the sign-in authority behind many single sign-on systems. or user store.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds member listing and retrieval through the My Organization API with field projection and checkpoint-based pagination for large organizations.
Adds role assignment and removal for organization members directly through the My Organization API or embeddable UI components, with permission guardrails preventing delegated administrators from assigning roles exceeding their own.
Introduces a new none, readonly, limited, and full access level model for organization members, computed automatically from the member's organization connection access levels.
Adds permission-aware embeddable UI components that show or hide actions based on the authenticated user's effective permissions sourced from the ID token, requiring no additional API call.
+2 moreshow less
Emits tenant log events for all member, invitation, and role operations for full B2B observability of administrative activity.
Enables the My Organization API via the Applications > APIs section of the Auth0 Dashboard.
Auth0 launches a native integration for v0 that wires real Auth0 tenants — apps, connections, and SDKs — directly from prompts.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Add real Auth0 authentication — including protected routes and session handling — to a v0-built app without leaving your prompt session.
📍In v0, open your project settings, navigate to the Integrations tab, search for Auth0, click Install, and complete the account link. Then prompt: 'Allow users to sign up and log in to access the application using the Auth0 integration.'
New Auth0 integration for v0 lets prompts create Auth0 applications, set up identity connections, and wire the Auth0 SDK into generated code without leaving the v0 conversational workflow.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Supports B2B use cases, enterprise identity provideridentity providerA service that authenticates users and supplies identity information to other applications. It is the sign-in authority behind many single sign-on systems. connections, and MFAMFAMulti-factor authentication, requiring proof from different categories, such as a password and a hardware key, to sign in. It reduces reliance on a password alone. requirements configured directly from v0 prompts against a real Auth0 tenant.
Install via v0 project settings under the Integrations tab by searching for Auth0 and clicking Install, then follow on-screen steps to link or create an Auth0 account.
Secure, scalable, and highly available authentication and user management for any app.
Okta Identity Engine expanded AI-agent support with new Beta APIs and broader CIMDCIMDA text-based Short Message Service protocol from Nokia for exchanging SMS messages between applications and SMS centers, used to build tools that send, receive, or test carrier messaging flows. coverage, added scoped token exchangetoken exchangeAn OAuth 2.0 protocol extension (RFC 8693) that lets a service trade one token for another with different scopes, audience, or type, enabling delegation and impersonation across service boundaries without re-authenticating the user. and a GA user identification policy, while Identity Governance introduced EA staging for certification campaigns before launch.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
5 FEATURES3 OF 5 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0101
Staged certification campaign preview (EA)new55how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity15/30actionability15/3055 / 100
Adds Early Access support for staging certification campaigns before launch, letting admins preview target users, resources, and reviewer assignments to validate scope and fix configuration errors prior to go-live.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
— Explains preview mechanism but no UI path or flag namedproduct docs
0202
CIMD expansion to AI Agents and OIDC appsnew50how completely this was documenteddepth22/40specificity20/30actionability8/3050 / 100
Continuous Identity and Metadata Delivery (CIMD) now extends to AI Agents (Beta), covering agent-based workflows, and CIMD for OIDCOIDCOpenID Connect, a sign-in protocol built on OAuth 2.0. An application uses identity information from a trusted provider instead of maintaining a separate password for each user. apps is now Generally Available in Preview for OpenID ConnectOpenID ConnectOpenID Connect, a sign-in protocol built on OAuth 2.0. An application uses identity information from a trusted provider instead of maintaining a separate password for each user. applications.
Beta APIs for AI agent traffic and MCP server discoverynew50how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity20/30actionability10/3050 / 100
Introduces Agent Gateway APIs (Beta) for managing AI agent traffic through Okta, and MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. server discovery APIs (Beta) to locate and integrate Model Context ProtocolModel Context ProtocolModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. servers.
Okta adds CIMDCIMDA text-based Short Message Service protocol from Nokia for exchanging SMS messages between applications and SMS centers, used to build tools that send, receive, or test carrier messaging flows. for AI Agents, Agent Gateway APIs, MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. server discovery, and token exchangetoken exchangeAn OAuth 2.0 protocol extension (RFC 8693) that lets a service trade one token for another with different scopes, audience, or type, enabling delegation and impersonation across service boundaries without re-authenticating the user. scope support in 2026.09.1︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Token exchange requests now support scopes, enabling finer-grained access control when exchanging tokens.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Introduces CIMD for AI Agents (Beta), extending Continuous Identity and Metadata Delivery to agent-based workflows.
Introduces Agent Gateway APIs (Beta) for managing AI agent traffic through Okta.
Introduces MCP server discovery APIs (Beta) to locate and integrate Model Context ProtocolModel Context ProtocolModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. servers.
CIMD for OIDCOIDCOpenID Connect, a sign-in protocol built on OAuth 2.0. An application uses identity information from a trusted provider instead of maintaining a separate password for each user. apps is now GA in Preview, making Continuous Identity and Metadata Delivery generally available for OpenID ConnectOpenID ConnectOpenID Connect, a sign-in protocol built on OAuth 2.0. An application uses identity information from a trusted provider instead of maintaining a separate password for each user. applications.
+1 moreshow less
User identification policy is now GA in Preview, providing a dedicated policy layer for identifying users during authentication flows.
Token exchange requests now support scopes, enabling finer-grained access control when exchanging tokens.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Introduces CIMD for AI Agents (Beta), extending Continuous Identity and Metadata Delivery to agent-based workflows.
Introduces Agent Gateway APIs (Beta) for managing AI agent traffic through Okta.
Introduces MCP server discovery APIs (Beta) to locate and integrate Model Context ProtocolModel Context ProtocolModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. servers.
User identification policy is now GA in Preview, providing a dedicated policy layer for identifying users during authentication flows.
Govern workforce access, deploy AI agents, and get work done with C1.
ConductorOne launched an EU-hosted instance to help European customers meet data-residency requirements.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
1 FEATURE0 OF 1 FEATUREmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
EU-hosted instance in AWS Frankfurtnew50how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity20/30actionability10/3050 / 100
C1.ai now offers a new EU instance that provisions tenant data in AWS Frankfurt, with Ireland serving as the disaster-recovery region, enabling European customers to meet data-residency requirements.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
ConductorOne is now available as an EU-hosted instance, with tenant data held in AWS Frankfurt.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
New EU instance of C1.ai provisions tenant data in AWS Frankfurt (Ireland as disaster-recovery region), enabling European customers to meet data-residency requirements.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Firezone launched an official TerraformTerraformAn open-source infrastructure-as-code tool by HashiCorp that provisions cloud and on-premises resources through declarative configuration files, letting cyber tools automate and version-control their deployment environments. provider that brings its access model into infrastructure-as-code, covering Sites, Resources, Policies and Gateways, with fine-grained resource filtering, condition-based policies, and gateway token rotation.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Replace your VPN with Firezone, an open-source zero trust access platform built on WireGuard®. Connect users to anything, anywhere.
Firezone launched an official TerraformTerraformAn open-source infrastructure-as-code tool by HashiCorp that provisions cloud and on-premises resources through declarative configuration files, letting cyber tools automate and version-control their deployment environments. provider that brings its access model into infrastructure-as-code, covering Sites, Resources, Policies and Gateways, with fine-grained resource filtering, condition-based policies, and gateway token rotation.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
5 FEATURES0 OF 5 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
firezone_policy condition-based access rulesnew95how completely this was documenteddepth35/40specificity30/30actionability30/3095 / 100
firezone_policy supports condition blocks that gate access on auth_provider_id, current_utc_datetime (day-of-week/time-range windows in any IANA timezone), device_attested, device region, and remote IP (CIDRCIDRA notation for a block of IP addresses, such as 10.0.0.0/24. The number after the slash says how many leading address bits identify the network.) match properties, letting policies like business-hours-only or attested-device-only access be defined and reviewed as code.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Lock down a sensitive resource to Okta-authenticated Engineering members during business hours on attested devices — defined entirely in code so the policy is reviewable in a PR.
— Names every condition property with mechanism and a full runnable policy examplelaunch-20260914-a772d686
0200
Official Terraform provider for Firezone IaCnew85how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity30/30actionability30/3085 / 100
Adds the official firezone/firezone Terraform provider, published on the Terraform Registry, enabling firezone_site, firezone_resource, firezone_policy, and firezone_gateway resources to be managed as code. Authentication is done via the FIREZONE_TOKEN environment variable and an endpoint provider config key (defaulting to https://rest-api.firezone.dev), using an API client token created in the Portal under Settings.
Bootstrap the provider using an API client token from the Firezone Portal so all subsequent terraform apply runs authenticate automatically.
hcl
terraform {
required_providers {
firezone = {
source = "firezone/firezone"
}
}
}
provider "firezone" {
endpoint = "https://rest-api.firezone.dev"
}
# Set FIREZONE_TOKEN in your environment:
# export FIREZONE_TOKEN=<token-from-portal-settings>
— Names provider source, env var, config key and default endpoint with runnable examplelaunch-20260914-a772d686
0300
firezone_gateway token rotation triggernew75how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity20/30actionability25/3075 / 100
firezone_gateway adds a token_rotation_trigger attribute that rotates the Gateway's enrollment token whenever its value changes, storing the sensitive token in Terraform state; the old token remains valid until the Gateway reconnects with the new one.
Rotate a Gateway token on a schedule by updating token_rotation_trigger — the old token stays valid until the Gateway reconnects with the new one.
hcl
resource "firezone_gateway" "gw" {
for_each = {
"a" = { name = "gw-us-east-1a", rotated = "2026-09-14" }
}
site_id = firezone_site.main.id
name = each.value.name
token_rotation_trigger = each.value.rotated
}
firezone_resource types with traffic filtersnew70how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity25/30actionability25/3070 / 100
firezone_resource supports cidr, ip, and dns resource types, with filters blocks to restrict by protocol and port, and an ip_stack attribute for DNS resources.
Lock down a sensitive resource to Okta-authenticated Engineering members during business hours on attested devices — defined entirely in code so the policy is reviewable in a PR.
— Names resource types and filter attributes with a working config examplelaunch-20260914-a772d686
thinner coverage below
0500
Group and Okta auth provider data sourcesnew40how completely this was documenteddepth15/40specificity15/30actionability10/3040 / 100
Adds firezone_group and firezone_okta_auth_provider Terraform data sources for referencing existing groups and auth provider integrations when building Policies.
Lock down a sensitive resource to Okta-authenticated Engineering members during business hours on attested devices — defined entirely in code so the policy is reviewable in a PR.
Firezone launches an official Terraform provider, enabling infrastructure-as-code management of Sites, Resources, Policies, and Gateways.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ USE IT
Bootstrap the provider using an API client token from the Firezone Portal so all subsequent terraform apply runs authenticate automatically.
main.tf
terraform {
required_providers {
firezone = {
source = "firezone/firezone"
}
}
}
provider "firezone" {
endpoint = "https://rest-api.firezone.dev"
}
# Set FIREZONE_TOKEN in your environment:
# export FIREZONE_TOKEN=<token-from-portal-settings>
Lock down a sensitive resource to Okta-authenticated Engineering members during business hours on attested devices — defined entirely in code so the policy is reviewable in a PR.
Rotate a Gateway token on a schedule by updating token_rotation_trigger — the old token stays valid until the Gateway reconnects with the new one.
main.tf
resource "firezone_gateway" "gw" {
for_each = {
"a" = { name = "gw-us-east-1a", rotated = "2026-09-14" }
}
site_id = firezone_site.main.id
name = each.value.name
token_rotation_trigger = each.value.rotated
}
Adds the official firezone/firezone Terraform provider, available on the Terraform Registry, enabling Sites, Resources, Policies, and Gateways to be managed as code.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds FIREZONE_TOKEN environment variable and endpoint provider config key (defaulting to https://rest-api.firezone.dev) for authenticating the Terraform provider via an API client token created in the Portal under Settings.
Adds firezone_site, firezone_resource, firezone_policy, and firezone_gateway Terraform resources for managing the core Firezone access model.
Adds firezone_resource with support for cidr, ip, and dns resource types, with filters blocks for protocol and port restrictions, and ip_stack for DNS resources.
Adds firezone_policy with condition blocks supporting auth_provider_id, current_utc_datetime (day-of-week/time-range windows in any IANA timezone), device_attested, device region, and remote IP (CIDRCIDRA notation for a block of IP addresses, such as 10.0.0.0/24. The number after the slash says how many leading address bits identify the network.) match properties.
+2 moreshow less
Adds firezone_gateway with a token_rotation_trigger attribute that rotates the enrollment token whenever its value changes, storing the sensitive token in Terraform state.
Adds firezone_group and firezone_okta_auth_provider Terraform data sources for referencing existing groups and auth provider integrations in Policies.
RegScale is a compliance and security governance platform that automates regulatory assessment, documentation, and continuous monitoring across organizations.
RegScale CLI 6.47.10 introduces shared security-plan lookup infrastructure and uses it to add multi-plan routing commands for QRadar events and AWS Security Hub CSPMCSPMCloud security posture management, checking cloud resources for risky settings and policy violations. It helps teams find exposed services, overly broad permissions and other configuration gaps. findings.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
1 FEATURE0 OF 1 FEATUREmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
Multi-plan routing for QRadar and AWS Security Hub CSPMnew60how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity20/30actionability15/3060 / 100
Adds a shared lookup that finds a security plan by an identifier held in any of its fields, native or custom.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ Built on this, a new QRadar command routes events to many security plans by an identifier carried on the event, and a new AWS Security Hub CSPM command routes findings to many security plans.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
— Names the commands and lookup mechanism but no exact CLI syntax or flagsCLI 6.47.10 (2026-09-17)
Runlayer shipped a full Microsoft Teams integration this window — per-agent bots, ambient channel replies, outbound posting, workspace-wide notifications, and resource link previews — alongside Slack thread continuity, on-demand schedule execution, MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface.-based trigger management, new default models, and a breaking change to the agent channel intro message.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Runlayer is an MCP gateway that enforces identity-mapped permissions and detects threats across the agents and MCP servers employees use.
Runlayer shipped a full Microsoft Teams integration this window — per-agent bots, ambient channel replies, outbound posting, workspace-wide notifications, and resource link previews — alongside Slack thread continuity, on-demand schedule execution, MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface.-based trigger management, new default models, and a breaking change to the agent channel intro message.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
10 FEATURES3 OF 10 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0101
Workspace-level Teams notifications and security alertsnew85how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability25/3085 / 100
A shared Runlayer Teams Bot provides workspace-level notifications, configured from Settings → Integrations → Microsoft Teams with a Notification channel field, an optional Security alerts channel for security scan violations, and an Only alert on blocked calls toggle to limit alerts to blocked calls.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Route security scan violation alerts to a dedicated SOCSOCA security operations center, the team or function that monitors threats, investigates alerts and coordinates incident response. Its work can be internal, outsourced or shared. channel and suppress low-severity mask/alert-only noise.
📍1. Go to Settings → Integrations → Microsoft Teams.
2. Click Create Teams Bot and complete the tenant connection if not already done.
3. @mention the bot at least once from your #soc-alerts channel so it can post there.
4. Set Security alerts channel to #soc-alerts.
5. Enable Only alert on blocked calls.
6. Click Test next to the Security alerts channel to confirm delivery.
— Names every config key and includes full setup steps.product docs
0200
Ambient channel replies without @mentionnew75how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity25/30actionability20/3075 / 100
A Respond without being tagged in channels toggle under each agent's Microsoft Teams settings lets the bot answer channel messages it isn't @mentioned in, with an optional natural-language condition to scope which messages trigger a response.
Enable ambient channel monitoring so a security-focused agent answers every deployment-failure discussion without needing an @mention.
📍1. Open the agent detail page.
2. Under Microsoft Teams, toggle on Respond without being tagged in channels.
3. In the condition field that appears, enter: only respond to messages about deployment failures
4. Click Save.
5. Reinstall the Teams app (Microsoft Teams → Install, same dialog) so the team owner can grant the extra permission.
— Exact toggle name plus a worked configuration example.product docs
0302
Per-agent Microsoft Teams bots and installationnew65how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability15/3065 / 100
Runlayer adds full Microsoft Teams integration, giving each agent its own bot that responds to @mentions and direct messages in Teams channels; org-wide tenant authorization is granted via Settings → Integrations → Connect Microsoft Teams. Each agent's bot can be installed from the agent detail page under Microsoft Teams → Install, targeting a specific user (direct message), a team (all channels), or bulk-installed for all users or all teams.
Install an agent bot across an entire team in bulk so every channel member can @mention it immediately.
📍1. Open the agent detail page → Microsoft Teams → Install.
2. In the Install Teams app dialog, choose Team (all channels).
3. Click Install for all teams.
4. Click Install.
— Exact menu paths given but no API for automated setup.product docs
0400
Teams link previews for Runlayer resourcesnew65how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity20/30actionability15/3065 / 100
Pasting an agent, skill, plugin, artifact, or session URL into a Teams chat triggers the agent's bot to resolve it into a rich preview card showing resource type, title, and creator, matching Slack's existing link-preview behavior and respecting access controls; this requires reinstalling the Teams app to pick up the updated manifest.
— Names resource types and the reinstall step needed to enable it.product docs
0500
On-demand schedule executionnew60how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity15/30actionability25/3060 / 100
Schedules can now be run immediately or have failed runs retried directly from the schedule list, without waiting for the next scheduled window.
Immediately re-run a failed scheduled job without waiting for the next scheduled window.
📍In the Runlayer console, go to Agents › your agent › Schedules, then click Run now on the target schedule or Retry next to a failed run.
Slack thread continuity and attachment deliveryimproved50how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity15/30actionability10/3050 / 100
Agents can now follow a Slack thread continuously after an initial mention without requiring re-mention for each reply, and Office document attachments shared in a Slack thread are delivered to the agent sandbox, with undeliverable files surfaced explicitly instead of silently skipped.
Agent-initiated outbound posting to Teams channelsnew45how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity15/30actionability10/3045 / 100
Agents can post a new message into any Teams channel whose ID is provided, independent of any incoming message that triggered it, enabling proactive outbound notifications from an agent.
— Capability named but no exact API call or command shown.product docs
0800
Agent channel intro message off by defaultbreaking45how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity10/30actionability15/3045 / 100
The agent channel intro message is now off by default; existing agents that relied on it broadcasting on channel join will no longer do so unless re-enabled per agent.
The agent channel intro message is now off by default; existing agents that relied on it broadcasting on channel join will no longer do so unless re-enabled per agent.
Runlayer 1.28.545 adds Slack thread following, on-demand schedule runs, and trigger management via MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. tools.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Immediately re-run a failed scheduled job without waiting for the next scheduled window.
📍In the Runlayer console, go to Agents › your agent › Schedules, then click Run now on the target schedule or Retry next to a failed run.
Adds trigger management via Runlayer MCP tools — create, list, and delete agent triggers programmatically.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Enables agents to follow a Slack thread continuously after an initial mention, without requiring re-mention for each reply.
Adds on-demand schedule execution — run a schedule immediately or retry failed scheduled runs directly from the schedule list.
Delivers Office document attachments shared in a Slack thread to the agent sandbox, and surfaces undeliverable files explicitly instead of silently skipping them.
Sets Claude Sonnet 5 as the default model for new agents; the managed assistant now runs on Claude Opus 4.8.
+1 moreshow less
Turns the agent channel intro message off by default, with a per-agent opt-in to re-enable it.
Adds trigger management via Runlayer MCP tools — create, list, and delete agent triggers programmatically.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Enables agents to follow a Slack thread continuously after an initial mention, without requiring re-mention for each reply.
4 more in Everything
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
!The agent channel intro message is now off by default; existing agents that relied on it broadcasting on channel join will no longer do so unless re-enabled per agent.
AI SAFE² CLI 0.6.0 introduces a suite of safe2 evidence subcommands for scoped assessment, change attribution, and release-readiness reporting, backed by new exportable schema contracts and hardened JUnit XMLJUnit XMLA widely adopted test-report file format, originally from the Java JUnit framework, that records test suite results as XML; cyber tools emit it so their output plugs into CI systems like Jenkins or GitLab without custom parsers. intake.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Ai-Safe2-Framework provides governance, risk, and compliance controls for securing agentic AI systems and non-human identities.
AI SAFE² CLI 0.6.0 introduces a suite of safe2 evidence subcommands for scoped assessment, change attribution, and release-readiness reporting, backed by new exportable schema contracts and hardened JUnit XMLJUnit XMLA widely adopted test-report file format, originally from the Java JUnit framework, that records test suite results as XML; cyber tools emit it so their output plugs into CI systems like Jenkins or GitLab without custom parsers. intake.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED ·
5 FEATURES0 OF 5 FEATURESmost completely described firstwhat's the number?
Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented
it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability
described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.
depth0–40what it does and how it works or what changed
specificity0–30names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
actionability0–30enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point
Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint,
flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability,
so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under
60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner
coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work.
Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.
0100
Evidence readiness command for release-readiness cardsnew95how completely this was documenteddepth35/40specificity30/30actionability30/3095 / 100
safe2 evidence readiness produces canonical release-readiness JSON and an escaped Markdown card, accepting --system-identity, --assessment-scope, --change-attribution, --output, --card, and --strict options.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄ Every readiness output includes a permanent release_authorized: false field, enforcing that no automated result can be mistaken for release permission.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Evidence scope command for deployment inventorynew90how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability30/3090 / 100
safe2 evidence scope inventories the declared deployment relationship of repository or built-artifact paths, classifying each as included, excluded, partial, not applicable, or unknown.
Evidence attribute command for change attributionnew90how completely this was documenteddepth30/40specificity30/30actionability30/3090 / 100
safe2 evidence attribute compares normalized findings across an explicitly trusted baseline and the current revision, separating them into inherited, introduced, changed, resolved, and unknown categories.
New schema contracts for scope, attribution and readinessnew75how completely this was documenteddepth20/40specificity30/30actionability25/3075 / 100
Adds three new schema contracts — assessment-scope-source-v1, change-attribution-source-v1, and release-readiness-source-v1 — each exportable via safe2 schema export.
Hardened JUnit XML intake against XML attacksimproved65how completely this was documenteddepth25/40specificity25/30actionability15/3065 / 100
JUnit XML intake now runs through defusedxml, rejecting DTD/entity input while retaining existing size, encoding, structure, and declared-total checks.
AI SAFE² CLI 0.6.0 adds safe2 evidence scope, attribute, and readiness commands for scoped assessment, change attribution, and release-readiness cards.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch 2026-09-17_CLI_0.6.0_Scope_Attribute_Decide https://github.com/CyberStrategyInstitute/ai-safe2-framework.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:$ git checkout 2026-09-17_CLI_0.6.0_Scope_Attribute_Decide
Adds safe2 evidence scope command to inventory the declared deployment relationship of repository or built-artifact paths, classifying each as included, excluded, partial, not applicable, or unknown.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds safe2 evidence attribute command to compare normalized findings across an explicitly trusted baseline and current revision, separating inherited, introduced, changed, resolved, and unknown findings.
Adds safe2 evidence readiness command to produce canonical release-readiness JSON and an escaped Markdown card, accepting --system-identity, --assessment-scope, --change-attribution, --output, --card, and --strict options.
Adds three new schema contracts — assessment-scope-source-v1, change-attribution-source-v1, and release-readiness-source-v1 — exportable via safe2 schema export.
Introduces release_authorized: false as a permanent field in every readiness output, enforcing that no automated result can be mistaken for release permission.
+1 moreshow less
Hardens JUnit XMLJUnit XMLA widely adopted test-report file format, originally from the Java JUnit framework, that records test suite results as XML; cyber tools emit it so their output plugs into CI systems like Jenkins or GitLab without custom parsers. intake with defusedxml, rejecting DTD/entity input while retaining size, encoding, structure, and declared-total checks.
Adds safe2 evidence scope command to inventory the declared deployment relationship of repository or built-artifact paths, classifying each as included, excluded, partial, not applicable, or unknown.︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄
Adds safe2 evidence attribute command to compare normalized findings across an explicitly trusted baseline and current revision, separating inherited, introduced, changed, resolved, and unknown findings.
Adds safe2 evidence readiness command to produce canonical release-readiness JSON and an escaped Markdown card, accepting --system-identity, --assessment-scope, --change-attribution, --output, --card, and --strict options.
Adds three new schema contracts — assessment-scope-source-v1, change-attribution-source-v1, and release-readiness-source-v1 — exportable via safe2 schema export.
Introduces release_authorized: false as a permanent field in every readiness output, enforcing that no automated result can be mistaken for release permission.